Quarterlytics / Technology / Communication Equipment / Ubiquiti

Ubiquiti

ui · NYSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker ui
Exchange NYSE
Sector Technology
Industry Communication Equipment
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Ubiquiti
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents  

UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One)  
 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 

OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012  

OR  

(cid:1) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 

ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from              to               

Commission File No. 001-35300  

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.  

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of  
incorporation or organization)  

32-0097377 
(I.R.S. Employer  
Identification No.)  

2580 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, CA 95131  
(Address of principal executive offices, Zip Code)  

(408) 942-3085  
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each class 
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  
None  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   (cid:1)     No     

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   (cid:1)     No     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months 

(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes        No   (cid:1)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted 

pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such 
files).    Yes        No   (cid:1)  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, 

in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to Form 10-K.     (cid:1)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large 

accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):  

Large accelerated filer    (cid:1) 

Non-accelerated filer 

      (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

   (cid:1) 
   Accelerated filer 
   Smaller reporting company     (cid:1) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   (cid:1)     No     

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $154,763,000 based upon the closing price of $18.23 of such 

      
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on December 31, 2011 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter). Shares of common stock 

held as of December 31, 2011 by each director and executive officer of the registrant, as well as shares held by each holder of 5% of the common stock known to the registrant, have been 
excluded for purposes of the foregoing calculation. This determination of affiliate status is not a conclusive determination for other purposes.  

As of September 21, 2012, there were 88,984,777 shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding.  

Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registrant’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 

are incorporated herein by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:  

   
         
  
Table of Contents  

    Business 

Item 1.  
Item 1A.      Risk Factors 
Item 1B.       Unresolved Staff Comments 
Item 2.  
Item 3.  
Item 4.  

    Properties 
    Legal Proceedings 
    Mine Safety Disclosures 

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

PART I 

PART II 

    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 
    Selected Financial Data 
    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 5.  
Item 6.  
Item 7.  
Item 7A.      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Item 8.  
Item 9.  
Item 9A.      Controls and Procedures 
Item 9B.       Other Information 

    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
    Changes and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 10.       Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Item 11.       Executive Compensation 
Item 12.       Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 
Item 13.       Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Item 14.       Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

PART III 

Item 15.       Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 
Signatures  

PART IV 

2  

    Page   

   3    
  13    
  37    
  37    
  38    
  39    

  40    
  42    
  43    
  62    
  63    
  63    
  63    
  64    

  65    
  65    
  65    
  65    
  65    

  66    
  69    

   
   
    
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.  
PART I  

Note about Forward-Looking Statements  

When used in this Report, the words “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans” 
“potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and negatives of those terms are intended to identify 
forward-looking statements. These are statements that relate to future periods and include statements about our future results, sources of 
revenue, our continued growth, our gross margins, market trends, our product development, technological developments, the features, benefits 
and performance of our current and future products, the ability of our products to address a variety of markets, the anticipated growth of 
demand for connectivity worldwide, our growth strategies, future price reductions, our competitive status, our dependence on our senior 
management and our ability to attract and retain key personnel, dependency on and concentration of our distributors, our employee relations, 
current and potential litigation, the effects of government regulations, our compliance with laws and regulations, our expected future operating 
costs and expenses and expenditure levels for research and development, selling, general and administrative expenses, fluctuations in operating 
results, fluctuations in our stock price, our payment of dividends, our future liquidity and cash needs, our credit facility, future acquisitions of 
and investments in complimentary businesses and the expected impact of various accounting policies and rules adopted by the Financial 
Accounting Standards Board. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ 
materially from those projected. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, factors affecting our quarterly results, our ability 
to manage our growth, our ability to sustain or increase profitability, demand for our products, our ability to compete, our ability to rapidly 
develop new technology and introduce new products, our ability to safeguard our intellectual property, trends in the networking industry and 
fluctuations in general economic conditions, and the risks set forth throughout this Report, including under Item 1, “Business” and under 
Item 1A, “Risk Factors.” These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date hereof. We expressly disclaim any obligation or 
undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our 
expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.  

Item 1. 

Business 

Business Overview  

We are a next-generation communications technology company bridging the digital divide between emerging and developed markets by 
fundamentally changing the economics and complexity of deploying high performance networking solutions in underserved and underpenetrated 
markets globally. Our technology platforms focus on delivering industry-leading performance, compelling price-performing characteristics and 
an unparalleled user experience. These markets include emerging markets and other areas where individual users and small and medium sized 
enterprises do not have access to next-generation communications technology. Our business model has enabled us to break down traditional 
barriers such as high product and network deployment costs that are driven by business model inefficiencies and achieve rapid market adoption 
of our products and solutions in previously underserved and underpenetrated markets. Our business model and proprietary technologies provide 
us with a significant and sustainable competitive advantage over incumbents, who we believe are unable to respond effectively due to their 
higher cost and less efficient business models.  

We offer a broad and expanding portfolio of communications networking products and solutions and we recently introduced products in the 
video surveillance, wireless backhaul and machine-to-machine communication markets. Our products and solutions, based on our proprietary 
technologies, are integrated and flexible, which substantially reduces the cost and complexity of installation, maintenance and management. Our 
products and solutions meet the demanding performance requirements of video, voice and data applications, have a low total cost of ownership 
and are broadly adopted by network operators and service providers to deploy fast, scalable and reliable networks.  

3  

   
   
Table of Contents  

Our business model is driven by a large, growing and engaged community of network operators, service providers, distributors, value added 
resellers (“VARs”) and system integrators, which we refer to as the Ubiquiti Community. The Ubiquiti Community is a critical element of our 
business strategy as it has enabled us to redefine the traditional models for product development, sales and marketing and product support in the 
following key ways:  

• 

   Product development . Our products and solutions benefit from the active engagement between the Ubiquiti Community and 

engineers throughout the product development cycle, which eliminates long and expensive multistep internal processes and results in 
rapid introduction and adoption of optimally designed products. This approach significantly reduces our development costs and the 
time to market for our products.  
   Sales and marketing . We do not currently have a direct sales force, but instead rely on the Ubiquiti Community to drive market 

awareness and demand for our products and solutions. This community propagated viral marketing enables us to reach underserved 
and underpenetrated markets far more efficiently and cost effectively than is possible through traditional sales models.  
   Product support.  The engaged members of the Ubiquiti Community have enabled us to foster a large, cost efficient, highly scalable 
and, we believe, self-sustaining mechanism for rapid product support and dissemination of information.  

• 

• 

The savings we achieve by relying on the Ubiquiti Community in the areas of product development, sales and marketing and product support are 
passed along to network operators and service providers in the form of prices that are a fraction of those of existing alternative solutions.  

Building on our leadership in the underserved and underpenetrated segments of the wireless broadband access market, we intend to expand our 
product offerings in our existing market and enter adjacent markets by relying on the combination of our efficient business model and 
proprietary technologies to provide products and solutions with compelling price-performance characteristics to customers in those markets.  

Our revenues were $353.5 million, $197.9 million and $137.0 million in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We 
had net income (loss) of $102.6 million, $49.7 million and $(5.5) million in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 
Our net loss in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 reflected a one-time compensation charge of $35.9 million related to a repurchase of our 
common stock and options in connection with the sale of our Series A preferred stock, which we refer to collectively as the Summit transaction, 
and a $1.6 million charge for a regulatory export compliance issue. In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we refer to the fiscal years ended 
June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 as fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively. As of June 30, 2012, we had 150 full time equivalent 
employees in four countries.  

Industry Overview  

Wired networking solutions have traditionally been used to address increasing consumer and enterprise bandwidth needs. However, the high 
capital and operating costs and long market lead times associated with building and installing infrastructure for wired networks has severely 
limited the widespread deployment of these networks in underserved and underpenetrated areas of developed countries and emerging markets. 
Wireless networks are emerging as an attractive alternative for addressing both the broadband access needs of underserved and underpenetrated 
markets and for offering a host of other services and solutions.  

4  

   
   
   
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Underserved and underpenetrated markets . Emerging markets and remote areas in developed markets remain significantly underserved and 
underpenetrated for broadband access. We believe this is due to the lack of an established network infrastructure and the high initial deployment 
costs.  

Limitation of existing solutions . Existing wireless networking technologies such as 802.11 standard based Wi-Fi, WiMAX and LTE have been 
designed to satisfy the increasing demand for broadband access and support mobility, but often fail to meet the price-performance requirements 
of wireless networking in emerging markets, which in turn has led to low penetration and large populations of unaddressed users in these areas.  

Increasing use of the unlicensed spectrum . In the absence of affordable broadband access in the licensed spectrum, the number of users of the 
unlicensed radio frequency (“RF”) spectrum has increased for communications equipment, as well as consumer devices such as cordless phones, 
baby monitors and microwave ovens. As a result of high demand for the unlicensed RF spectrum, use of this spectrum to provide high quality 
wireless networking has become more challenging and congestion is limiting the growth of wireless networks.  

Government incentives for broadband access . Governments around the world are increasingly taking both regulatory and financial steps to 
expand access to broadband networks and increase availability of advanced broadband services to consumers and businesses.  

To provide robust wireless networks that meet the price-performance needs of individuals and businesses in underserved and underpenetrated 
markets, vendors of wireless networking solutions must solve some of the problems facing existing solutions:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

   Poor performance . Existing wireless networking solutions built for the licensed RF spectrum are designed to operate in more 
predictable environments and are not optimized for the crowded and less reliable unlicensed spectrum.  
   High cost of ownership . Existing alternative solutions, such as fiber-to-the-premises, cable, DSL, WiMAX, LTE and traditional 
backhaul, provide high capacity, high performance broadband access, but often do not meet the demanding price-performance 
requirements of underserved and underpenetrated markets.  
   Complexity . Existing alternative solutions are often difficult to deploy and manage in heterogeneous network environments and 
require skilled employees or consultants to install and operate.  
   Lack of reliability, resiliency and scalability . Existing wireless solutions are not designed to overcome obstacles and effectively 

recover from the dynamic changes in wireless spectrum usage that prevail in the unlicensed RF spectrum. Additionally, the 
performance and reliability of existing wireless networking solutions decline rapidly as the number of subscribers and range of 
service delivery increases.  

Our Solution  

Our products and solutions enable both start-up and established network operators and service providers to deploy fast, scalable and reliable 
wireless networks cost effectively. Our wireless networking solutions offer the following key benefits:  

• 

   High performance wireless technologies for the unlicensed RF spectrum.  Our proprietary products and solutions include high 

performance radios, antennas and management tools that have been designed to deliver carrier class wireless broadband access and 
other services primarily in the unlicensed RF spectrum. Our products and solutions overcome significant performance challenges 
such as dynamic spectrum noise, device interference, outdoor obstacles and unpredictable levels of video, voice and data 
performance.  

5  

   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

• 

• 

• 

   Unparalleled cost effectiveness . Our products and solutions have been designed to enable service providers and network operators to 
deliver carrier class performance to their subscribers within the economic constraints of underserved and underpenetrated markets. 
The deployment and operation of our solutions require a fraction of the capital expenditures and network maintenance costs of those 
associated with existing alternative solutions.  
   Integrated and easy to deploy and manage . Our integrated products and solutions eliminate significant complexity associated with 

the installation, management and expansion of wireless networks. The level of integration between our products is designed to enable 
network operators and service providers to use a plug and play approach to delivering wireless broadband access and other services 
that have carrier class performance without significant management or upgrade complexity.  
   Reliable and scalable . The reliability and predictability of our products and solutions enable network operators and service providers 

to deliver to their subscribers’ carrier class broadband connectivity in unlicensed RF spectrum. The combination of our key 
proprietary technologies enables us to deliver reliable network performance that scales efficiently with an increase in the number of 
subscribers, range of service delivery, network size and number of applications for video, voice and data.  

Our Strategy  

Our goal is to become the leading player in the market for communications technology for underserved and underpenetrated markets. Key 
elements of our strategy include the following:  

• 

• 

   Continue to enhance our leadership in the wireless broadband access market.  We intend to continue to disrupt wireless broadband 
markets by introducing products and solutions that deliver carrier class performance and compelling economic value.  
   Leverage our technologies and business model in adjacent markets.  We intend to leverage our technologies and business model to 

target other large and growing markets that we believe are ripe for disruption, such as enterprise wireless local area network 
(“WLAN”), video surveillance, machine-to-machine communications and licensed microwave wireless backhaul markets. For 
example, in fiscal 2012 we introduced airVision, our internet protocol (“IP”) camera management system, airFiber, our outdoor 
wireless backhaul radio platform and mFi, our machine-to-machine communication platform.  
   Maintain and extend our technological leadership . We intend to continue to develop innovative hardware solutions and management 
tools for our target markets. We believe that our continued focus on developing such technologies will allow us to deliver products 
and solutions with disruptive price-performance characteristics in our markets.  
   Extend our powerful user community . As we move into adjacent markets, we intend to foster additional self-reinforcing, customer 
driven communities and to continue to grow the Ubiquiti Community, to increase awareness of our brand and assist us with product 
development, sales, viral marketing and product support.  
   Evaluate and pursue strategic acquisitions.  We intend to evaluate strategic investment and acquisition opportunities to enhance the 

• 

• 

• 

features and functions of our products and solutions, extend our product portfolio, increase our geographic presence and take 
advantage of new market opportunities while preserving our business model.  

6  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Our Technology and Products  

Our proprietary technology enables us to provide end to end wireless networking solutions for network operators and service providers in 
underserved and underpenetrated markets. We typically design our products and solutions using low cost hardware and industry standard 
chipsets to enable these providers to deliver carrier class wireless broadband access and services to their subscribers profitably. In addition, our 
technology allows us to design our products for ease of manufacture. Our focus on cost efficiency, robust product design and high performance 
drives the development of our technology, products and solutions.  

Technology Platforms  

Our current major platforms include:  

Base station/Backhaul/Customer Premise Equipment (“CPE”)/Bridge – AirMAX  

In September 2009, we introduced our AirMAX platform which includes protocols that contain advanced technologies for noise immunity. 
These proprietary protocols help our products deliver carrier class wireless networking performance for video, voice and data applications. 
AirMAX is able to support a wireless network that can scale to hundreds of clients per base station while maintaining low latency and high 
throughput for point to point and point to multipoint applications. AirMAX enables our products and solutions to deliver high performance 
outdoor wireless networking over long distances. Unlike most systems using 802.11 standard protocols, which are primarily designed for indoor 
networks where multiple pieces of client equipment can hear one another, our airMAX systems eliminate hidden node collisions and maximize 
air time efficiency. AirMAX incorporates smart polling which is a feature that improves the scalability of a wireless network by predicting the 
voice and data requirements of an application at any given time and allocating the required bandwidth. AirMAX also improves scalability by 
giving priority to active client hardware over idle client hardware to reduce perceived latency on large networks.  

AirMAX provides users with the ability to seamlessly switch operating frequencies in real time to overcome noise and interference due to 
changes in the operating environment. We offer end to end solutions that incorporate our proprietary RF technology, antenna design and 
firmware technologies, which we collectively refer to as airTechnologies in this report. These technologies simplify the adoption and use of our 
products and provide our products and solutions with performance characteristics usually found only in the carrier class wireless networking 
solutions and solve significant performance, reliability, scalability and ease of use challenges in the unlicensed RF spectrum.  

A majority of our airMAX products and solutions can leverage multiple input multiple output, or MIMO, technology, which relates to the use of 
multiple antennas at both the transmitter and receiver to improve performance. Most of our radios employ multiple independent transmitters and 
receivers to create independent communication channels using the same frequency spectrum. We use advanced array signal processing 
techniques to combine our radios’ communications channels into a single, higher data rate channel. Our approach to MIMO technology 
effectively doubles the capacity of our radios when compared to traditional radios. Each of our standalone antennas is dual polarized with 
radiation patterns that are optimized for MIMO performance. Our antennas are designed to provide a high degree of spatial filtering while 
maintaining two largely isolated channels. Our design produces a better signal to noise ratio for each channel and simplified signal processing to 
combine the channels, which in turn effectively doubles the throughput of our antennas, when compared to single input single output devices.  

Enterprise WLAN – UniFi  

In January 2011, we released our UniFi Enterprise Wi-Fi System, which is a scalable Wi-Fi solution that includes Wi-Fi certified hardware with 
a software based management controller. Unifi hardware utilizes MIMO technology, works with 802.11a/b/g/n standards, and uses a single cable 
for data transmission and power-over-ethernet. Unlike other enterprise Wi-Fi systems that utilize a hardware Wi-Fi switch, Unifi uses a virtual  

7  

   
Table of Contents  

controller that allows for on-site management or remote management through the cloud. Each UniFi access point and can be managed centrally 
with the UniFi Controller software. The UniFi Controller enables enterprise WLAN managers to centrally configure and administer a UniFi 
network and individual access points without any special training and through secure access from any web browser. The UniFi Controller 
provides automatic UniFi access point detection, firmware updates, real-time status, map loading and advanced security options.  

Video Surveillance – airVision  

In August 2011, we introduced our line of AirCam H.264 megapixel IP cameras and AirVision management software controller. The H.264 
cameras use a single cable for data transmission and power-over-ethernet. AirVision, our management controller software, can be used to 
manage multiple AirCam H.264 IP cameras as well as manage other digital video recorder devices. AirVision software is available for download 
at no cost on our website and only manages Ubiquiti Network camera devices. Similar to our other network management products, airVision can 
be accessed securely from any web browser, provides detailed statistical reporting and advanced analytics and provides a management console 
with multiple views, versatile camera settings and customizable event recordings.  

Microwave Backhaul – airFiber  

In March, 2012 we introduced airFiber, a 24 GHz Point-to-Point radio. Components of the airFiber product, including the radio, were designed 
by to provide additional throughput capacity and spectrum efficiency. AirFiber uses an integrated split antenna and the global position system to 
simultaneously send data packets from each side of the link. We engineered proprietary communication standards so that airFiber does not suffer 
from the traditional packet overhead associated with Wi-Fi based standards. In addition, airFiber allows for the use of HDD (“Hybrid Division 
Duplexing”) which optimizes the performance of both FDD (“Frequency Division Duplex”), and TDD (“Time Division Duplex”). We believe 
airFiber will be considered an alternative to wired backhauls as airFiber is not easily susceptible to vandalism, copper theft, and fiber optic 
damage because only the endpoints need to be secured.  

Machine-To-Machine Communication – mFi  

In June 2012, we announced mFi, which includes hardware sensors, power devices, and management software that allows devices to be 
controlled remotely. For example, mFi allows users to manage and monitor their building temperature and power consumption. The management 
controller software is IP based and can be accessed from any browser locally or through the cloud. MFi software allows management to create 
rules using if/then statements to control numerous devices.  

The table below summarizes information about our product platforms:  

Name 
airMAX  
UniFi  
airVision  
airFiber  
mFi  

The Ubiquiti Community  

Target Applications 
Base station/Backhaul/CPE/Bridge 
WLAN 
IP Video Surveillance 
Microwave Backhaul 
Machine-To-Machine Communication 

Bands of  
Operation (GHz)  
0.9/ 2.4/ 3.6/ 5.8/10 
2.4/ 5.8 
N/A 
24.0 
2.4/ 5.8 

MSRP 
$ 39 - $399 
$ 29 - $ 229 
$ 89 - $ 110 
$ 2,995 - $3,500 
$ 8 - $ 99 

We established the Ubiquiti forum, support wiki and newsletter to foster a large, growing and engaged community of network operators and 
service providers. The Ubiquiti Community powers our business model by driving the rapid introduction of innovative and optimally engineered 
products, propagating viral marketing and  

8  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

adoption of our products and providing responsive product support. The following describes the key aspects of our business model that are 
powered by the Ubiquiti Community:  

• 

   Product development . We seek to identify features and products that are, or are expected to be, needed or desired by network 

operators and service providers. We rely on the Ubiquiti Community as a significant source of requests for features that we translate 
into new product ideas and designs.  
   Sales and marketing . We rely on the Ubiquiti Community to drive market awareness and demand for our products and solutions. 
This community-propagated viral marketing enables us to reach underserved and underpenetrated markets far more efficiently and 
cost effectively than is possible through traditional sales models. For example, there have been many instances where members of the 
Ubiquiti Community, who happen to be on online forums not affiliated with us, have strongly recommended that users of other 
wireless networking solutions try our products and solutions. We hold conferences as an effective way to introduce and promote our 
products and solutions to the Ubiquiti Community. For example, over 600 people attended our conference in Chicago, IL in March 
2012.  
   Product support.  Our network operators and service providers, who enthusiastically support each other through the Ubiquiti forum, 

• 

• 

wiki and newsletter, as well as other blogs and online groups, have fostered a large, scalable and, we believe, self sustaining 
mechanism for rapid product support and dissemination of information. The members of the Ubiquiti Community respond to user 
questions posted on our forum in a rapid manner. These responses are then rated by other members of the Ubiquiti Community to 
help ensure that the users are receiving the best possible answers.  

Sales and Distribution  

Historically, we have not employed a direct sales force. We sell our products and solutions globally to network operators, service providers and 
others primarily through our extensive network of distributors, and to a lesser extent, original equipment manufacturers (“OEMS”) and direct 
customers. During fiscal 2012, we sold our products to approximately 100 distributors, OEMs and direct customers (collectively, “customers”) 
in over 50 countries. In fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, Flytec Computers Inc. represented 16%, 20% and 17% of our revenues, 
respectively. In fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, Streakwave Wireless Inc. represented 10%, 15% and 13% of our revenues, respectively. 
We had no other customer or distributor that accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 or fiscal 2010.  

A substantial majority of our sales are made to distributors outside the United States and we anticipate that non-U.S. sales will continue to be a 
significant portion of our revenues. Sales in South America accounted for 25%, 26% and 10% of our revenues in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and 
fiscal 2010, respectively. Sales in Europe, the Middle East and Africa accounted for 37%, 35% and 40% of our revenues in fiscal 2012, fiscal 
2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively. We do not have any visibility on the location or extent of purchases of our products by individual network 
operators and service providers from our distributors. Information regarding financial data by geographic areas is set forth in Item 7 and Item 15 
of this Form 10-K. See Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 15.  

Although we publish an MSRP for our products, our distributors have control of pricing to the ultimate purchaser. We have not historically 
provided our distributors with any substantial sales training or marketing materials and our agreements with our distributors do not limit their 
ability to carry products that compete with ours. Our distribution agreements generally have a one year term, subject to automatic renewal unless 
cancelled by one of the parties. Our distributors typically provide us with purchase orders for delivery within 60 days, which we use to forecast 
future demand and estimate desired inventory builds.  

We have initiated a training program for our distributors so that they can educate and train others to become certified trainers on the effective 
deployment and use of our products and solutions. The goal is for these certified trainers to in turn educate and train network operators and 
service providers on the effective deployment and use of our products and solutions. We intend to offer the training program to our distributors 
in different languages throughout the world.  

9  

   
   
   
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Manufacturing and Suppliers  

We retain contract manufacturers to manufacture, control the quality of and ship our products. We primarily utilize contract manufacturers 
located in China. Our relationships with contract manufacturers allow us to conserve working capital, reduce manufacturing costs and minimize 
delivery lead times while maintaining high product quality and the ability to scale quickly to handle increased order volume. We make 
substantially all of our purchases from our contract manufacturers on a purchase order basis. Our contract manufacturers are not required to 
manufacture our products for any specific period or in any specific quantity. We expect that it would take approximately three to six months to 
transition manufacturing, quality assurance and shipping services to new providers.  

Our internal manufacturing organization consists of supply chain managers, logistics employees and contractors who supervise the manufacture 
of our products at contract manufacturer sites and test engineers. We rely on our contract manufacturers and our internal quality assurance 
resources to implement quality assurance programs designed to achieve high product quality and reliability. We believe that our low warranty 
expenses and product return rate to date reflect a high level of product quality. We tightly integrate our research and development efforts with 
our supplier selection process. Once product manufacturing quality reaches a satisfactory level, we move into full scale production at the same 
contract manufacturer site. We also evaluate and utilize other suppliers for components from time to time.  

We rely on third party components and technology to build and operate our products, and we rely on our contract manufacturers to obtain the 
components, subassemblies and products necessary for the manufacture of our products. While components and supplies are generally available 
from a variety of sources, we and our contract manufacturers currently depend on a single or limited number of suppliers for several components 
for our products. We and our contract manufacturers rely on purchase orders rather than long-term contracts with these suppliers. The majority 
of our product revenues are dependent upon the sale of products that incorporate components from Qualcomm Atheros and we do not have a 
second source for their chipsets. We are party to a non-exclusive license agreement with Qualcomm Atheros whereby we license certain 
technology that we incorporate into our products. The current term of our amended license agreement with Qualcomm Atheros expires on 
September 1, 2013. This agreement automatically renews for successive one year periods unless the agreement is terminated by written notice of 
nonrenewal at least 90 days prior to the end of its then-current term. We depend on this license agreement to modify and replace firmware that 
Qualcomm Atheros provides with the chipsets with our proprietary firmware. While our agreement with Qualcomm Atheros remains effective, 
in accordance with the current terms of the agreement either party may terminate the agreement without cause at the end of the annual contract 
term.  

We do not stockpile sufficient chipsets to cover the time it would take to re-engineer our products to replace the Qualcomm Atheros chipsets. If 
we need to seek a suitable second source for Qualcomm Atheros in our products, there can be no assurance that we would be able to successfully 
source our chipsets on suitable terms, if at all. In any event, our use of chipsets from multiple sources may require us to significantly modify our 
designs and manufacturing processes to accommodate these different chipsets.  

Research and Development  

Our research and development organization is responsible for the design, development and testing of our products. Our engineering team has 
deep expertise and experience in networking and antenna design, and we have a number of personnel with longstanding experience with network 
architecture and operation. We have developed and intend to continue to develop our technology in part by operating with a relatively flat 
reporting structure that relies on individual contributors or small development teams to develop, test and obtain feedback for our products. Our 
products and solutions benefit from the active engagement between the Ubiquiti Community and our research and development personnel 
throughout the product development cycle, resulting in rapid introduction and adoption of new products. Our research and development 
personnel evaluate the input  

10  

   
Table of Contents  

from network operators and service providers and respond to their needs by modifying our products or developing new products based on input 
we receive.  

As of June 30, 2012, our research and development team consisted of 95 full time equivalent employees located in California, Illinois, Lithuania 
and Taiwan. Our research and development operations work together on product development and new versions of our existing products. Our 
research and development expenses were $16.7 million, $11.4 million and $31.7 million (including the stock-based compensation resulting from 
the Summit transaction of $26.2 million in fiscal 2010) for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively. We expect that the number of 
our research and development personnel will continue to increase over time and that our research and development expenses will also increase.  

Competition  

The markets for networking solutions for network operators and service providers, enterprise WLAN, video surveillance, microwave backhaul 
and machine-to-machine communications technology are highly competitive and are influenced by the following competitive factors, among 
others:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   total cost of ownership and return on investment associated with the solutions;  
   simplicity of deployment and use of the solutions;  
   ability to rapidly develop high performance integrated solutions;  
   reliability and scalability of the solutions;  
   market awareness of a particular brand;  
   ability to provide secure access to wireless networks;  
   ability to offer a suite of products and solutions;  
   ability to allow centralized management of the solutions; and  
   ability to provide quality product support.  

We believe we compete favorably with respect to a majority of these factors. Although we are a new entrant in the video surveillance, 
microwave backhaul and machine-to-machine communication markets, we believe our products compete favorably in these product categories. 
We have been successful in rapidly developing high performance integrated solutions because we use individual contributors and small, 
experienced development teams that focus on the key needs of underserved and underpenetrated markets. Our products and solutions are 
designed to meet the price-performance characteristics demanded by our end users to achieve a strong overall return on their investment. Our 
products are designed to operate in growing networks without degradation in performance or operational complexity. In the markets in which we 
currently participate, we have strong brand awareness.  

A number of our current or potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, larger customer bases and 
significantly greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than we do. As we move into new markets for different types of 
equipment, our brand may not be as well known as incumbents in those markets. Potential customers may prefer to purchase from their existing 
suppliers rather than a new supplier, regardless of product performance or features. In the integrated radio market, our competitors include 
Alvarion Ltd., Motorola Inc. and Trango Systems Inc. In the 900MHz product market, our competitors include Cisco Systems, Inc. and Proxim 
Inc. In the embedded radio market, our competitors include Mikrotīkls Ltd. and Senao Networks, Inc. In the backhaul market, our competitors 
include Ceragon Networks, Inc., Mikrotīkls and DragonWave Inc. In the CPE market, our competitors include Mikrotīkls, Ruckus Wireless Inc. 
and TP-LINK Technologies CO., LTD. In the antenna market, we primarily compete with Andrew Corporation, PCTEL, Inc. and Radio Waves, 
Inc. In the enterprise WLAN market, we primarily compete with Ruckus, Aruba  

11  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Networks, Inc. and Cisco. In the video surveillance market, we primarily compete with Vivotek, Inc., Axis Communications AB and Mobotix 
Corp. In the microwave backhaul market, we primarily compete with DragonWave, SAF Tehnika and Trango. In the machine-to-machine 
communications market, we primarily compete with EnergyHub, Inc., Motorola and AlertMe.com Ltd. We expect increased competition from 
other established and emerging companies if our market continues to develop and expand. As we enter new markets, we expect to face 
competition from incumbent and new market participants.  

Intellectual Property  

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions, 
to establish and protect our proprietary rights. These laws, procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection and the legal standards 
relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain and still evolving. Furthermore, 
effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our services and products are 
available. We seek patent protection for certain of our key concepts, components, protocols, processes and other inventions.  

As of June 30, 2012, we had five issued patents in the U.S. and a number of pending U.S. and international patent applications. These patent 
applications relate to various high-level features embedded in certain of our products, including the integration of components in a microwave 
system and certain performance improvements to radio receivers. We have filed, and will continue to file, patent applications in the United 
States and other countries where we believe there to be a strategic technological or business reason to do so. Any future patents issued to us may 
be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Any patents that may issue in the future with respect to our pending or future patent applications 
may not provide sufficiently broad protection or may not prove to be enforceable in actions against alleged infringers.  

As of June 30, 2012, we owned U.S. trademark registrations in our logo, UBNT, airControl, airGrid, airMAX, airView, airOS and design, UniFi 
and design, and a number of trademark applications and registrations in the U.S. and worldwide.  

We endeavor to enter into agreements with our employees and contractors and with parties with whom we do business in order to limit access to 
and disclosure of our proprietary information. We cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use or reverse 
engineering of our technology. Moreover, others may independently develop technologies that are competitive with ours or that infringe on our 
intellectual property. The enforcement of our intellectual property rights also depends on the success of our legal actions against these infringers, 
but these actions may not be successful, even when our rights have been infringed.  

Employees  

As of June 30, 2012, we employed 150 full time equivalent employees, which included 95 in research and development, 20 in sales, general and 
administrative and 35 in operations. As of that date, we had 63 in the United States, 22 in Lithuania, 45 in Taiwan and 20 in China. We also 
engage a number of temporary employees and consultants. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is a party to a collective 
bargaining agreement.  

Corporate Information  

We incorporated in the State of California in 2003 as Pera Networks, Inc. and were largely inactive until we commenced our current operations 
in 2005 and changed our name to Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. at that time. In June 2010, Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a California corporation, changed 
its state of organization to Delaware by merging with and into Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation. Our executive offices are located 
at 2580 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, California 95131, and our telephone number is (408) 942-3085. Our website address is  

12  

   
Table of Contents  

www.ubnt.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “we,” “us,” “our” and “Ubiquiti” refer to Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and its subsidiaries as a 
whole.  

As of June 30, 2012, we owned U.S. trademark registrations in our logo, UBNT, airControl, airGrid, airMAX, airView, airOS and design, UniFi 
and design, and a number of trademark applications and registrations in the U.S. and worldwide. Other trademarks and trade names appearing in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective owners.  

Available Information  

The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to reports filed 
pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), are filed with the U.S. Securities 
and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Such reports and other information filed by the Company with the SEC are available free of charge on 
the Company’s website at  http://ir.ubnt.com/sec.cfm when such reports are available on the SEC website. The public may read and copy any 
materials filed by the Company with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. 
The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains 
an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the 
SEC at  www.sec.gov . The contents of these websites are not incorporated into this filing. Further, the Company’s references to the URLs for 
these websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.  

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors 

This Report contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially 
from those projected. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the risk factors set forth below. These risks and uncertainties 
are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also 
affect our business. If any event related to these known or unknown risks or uncertainties actually occurs and has material adverse effects on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations could be seriously harmed.  

We have limited visibility into future sales, which makes it difficult to forecast our future operating results.  

Because of our limited visibility into demand and channel inventory levels, our ability to accurately forecast our future revenues is limited. We 
sell our products and solutions globally to network operators, service providers and others, primarily through our network of distributors, 
resellers and OEMs. We do not employ a direct sales force. Sales to distributors accounted for 98% and 97% and 93% of our revenues in fiscal 
2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively. Generally, our distributors are not obligated to promote our products and solutions and are free to 
promote and sell the products and solutions of our competitors. We sell our products to our distributors on a purchase order basis. Our 
distributors do not typically provide us with information about market demand for our products. While we have recently begun efforts to obtain 
inventory level and sales data from our distributors, this information has been difficult to obtain in a timely manner. Since we have only recently 
begun gathering this data, we cannot be certain that the information is reliable. Our operating expenses are relatively low and fixed in the short-
term, and we may not be able to decrease our expenses to offset any shortfall in revenues. If we under forecast demand, our ability to fulfill sales 
orders will be compromised and sales may be deferred or lost altogether as potential purchasers seek alternative solutions.  

13  

   
   
Table of Contents  

We are subject to risks associated with our distributors’ inventory management practices. Should any of our distributors fail to resell our 
products in the period of time they anticipate or overstock inventories to address anticipated supply interruptions that do not occur, our 
revenues and operating results would suffer in future periods.  

Our distributors are required to purchase and maintain their own inventories of our products and have no right to return the products they have 
purchased. We receive limited information from the distributors regarding their inventory levels and their sales of our products. If our 
distributors are unable to sell an adequate amount of their inventories of our products, their financial condition may be adversely affected, which 
could result in a decline in our sales to these distributors. Distributors with whom we do business may face issues maintaining sufficient working 
capital and liquidity or obtaining credit, which could impair their ability to make timely payments to us. In addition, in the past we have 
experienced shortages of our products and our distributors have ordered quantities in excess of their anticipated near term demand to insulate 
themselves from supply interruptions. If, in the future, some distributors decide to purchase more of our products than are required to satisfy 
customer demand in any particular quarter, inventories at these distributors would grow. These distributors likely would reduce future orders 
until inventory levels realign with customer demand, which could adversely affect our revenues in a subsequent quarter.  

We rely on a limited number of distributors, and the loss of existing, or a need to add new distributors may cause disruptions in our 
shipments, which may materially adversely affect our ability to sell our products and achieve our revenue forecasts and we may be unable to 
sell inventory we have manufactured to meet expected demand in a timely manner, if at all.  

Although we have a large number of distributors who sell our products, we sell a substantial majority of our products through a limited number 
of these distributors. In fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, Flytec Computers Inc. represented 16%, 20% and 17% of our revenues, 
respectively. In fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, Streakwave Wireless Inc. represented 10%, 15% and 13% of our revenues, respectively. 
We anticipate that we will continue to be dependent upon a limited number of distributors for a significant portion of our revenues for the 
foreseeable future. The portion of our revenues attributable to a given distributor may also fluctuate in the future. Termination of a relationship 
with a major distributor, either by us or by the distributor, could result in a temporary or permanent loss of revenues. We may not be successful 
in finding other suitable distributors on satisfactory terms, or at all, and this could adversely affect our ability to sell in certain geographic 
markets or to certain network operators and service providers.  

We have experienced, and may in the future experience, reduced sales levels and damage to our brand due to production of counterfeit 
versions of our products.  

We have recently identified parties that are manufacturing and selling counterfeit products that infringe our intellectual property rights. Given 
the increased popularity of our products, we believe there is a high likelihood that counterfeit products or other products infringing on our 
intellectual property rights will continue to emerge, seeking to benefit from the consumer demand for our products. In order to combat 
counterfeit goods, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. We may not be able 
to detect infringement and may lose our competitive position in the market before we are able to do so. If the quality of counterfeit products is 
not representative of the quality of our products, further damage could be done to our brand. In addition, enforcing rights to our intellectual 
property may be difficult and expensive, and we may not be successful in combating counterfeit products and stopping infringement of our 
intellectual property rights, particularly in some foreign countries, where we could lose sales.  

14  

   
Table of Contents  

Our operating results will vary over time and such fluctuations could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.  

Our quarterly operating results fluctuate significantly due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, and we expect them to 
continue to do so. Our revenues were $94.9 million, $91.7 million, $87.8 million, $79.2 million and $67.6 million and our net income was $28.5 
million, $27.9 million, $24.7 million, $21.5 million and $18.1 million in the three months ended June 30, 2012, March 31, 2012, December 31, 
2011, September 30, 2011 and June 30, 2011, respectively. Because revenues for any future period are not predictable with any significant 
degree of certainty, you should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. If our revenues or operating results fall 
below the expectations of investors or securities analysts or below any estimates we may provide to the market, the price of our common shares 
would likely decline substantially. The Company’s stock has recently experienced substantial price volatility. For example, from our initial 
public offering through June 30, 2012, the price of our common stock ranged from $11.19 to $35.99 per share. Additionally, the stock market as 
a whole has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected the stock price of many technology companies in ways that 
may have been unrelated to these companies’ operating performance. If the Company fails to meet these expectations its stock price may 
significantly decline, which could have a material adverse impact on investor confidence and employee retention.  

Factors that could cause our operating results and stock price to fluctuate include:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   varying demand for our products due to the financial and operating condition of our distributors and their customers, distributor 
inventory management practices and general economic conditions;  
   shifts in our fulfillment practices including increasing inventory levels in attempt to decrease customer lead times;  
   inability of our contract manufacturers and suppliers to meet our demand;  
   success and timing of new product introductions by us and the performance of our products;  
   announcements by us or our competitors regarding products, promotions or other transactions;  
   lost sales due to the proliferation of counterfeit versions of our products;  
   costs related to the protection of our intellectual property, including defense against counterfeiting efforts;  
   costs related to responding to government inquiries related to regulatory compliance;  
   our ability to control and reduce product costs;  
   expenses of our entry into new markets, such as video surveillance microwave backhaul and machine-to-machine communications;  
   commencement of litigation or adverse results in litigation;  
   changes in the manner in which we sell products;  
   increased warranty costs;  
   volatility in foreign exchange rates, changes in interest rates and/or the availability and cost of financing or other working capital to 
our distributors and their customers; and  
   the impact of write downs of excess and obsolete inventory.  

In addition, our business may be subject to seasonality; however, our recent growth rates and timing of product introductions may have masked 
seasonal changes in demand. Although we have not perceived seasonality to date, we may experience seasonality in the future.  

15  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

We could be adversely affected by unfavorable results from shareholder class action litigation.  

Beginning on September 7, 2012, two purported shareholder class action complaints were filed against us. The complaints seek, among other 
things, compensatory damages, rescission, and attorneys’ fees and costs. Although we believe that the allegations in the complaints are without 
merit and we intend to vigorously contest the litigation, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in our defense. If one or more of 
these claims are resolved against us, our consolidated financial statements could be materially adversely affected.  

If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, our ability to compete effectively or to defend ourselves from litigation could 
be impaired, which could reduce our revenues and increase our costs.  

We rely primarily on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements and other 
methods, to protect our proprietary technologies and know-how. The prospective rights sought in our pending patent applications may not be 
meaningful or provide us with any commercial advantage and they could be opposed, contested, circumvented or designed around by our 
competitors or be declared invalid or unenforceable in judicial or administrative proceedings. Any failure of our patents to adequately protect our 
technology might make it easier for our competitors to offer similar products or technologies. In addition, patents may not be issued from any of 
our current or future applications.  

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property, such as 
counterfeits of our products and unauthorized registration of our trademarks by third parties, has occurred in the past and may occur in the future 
without our knowledge. The steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Further, we may not be able to 
detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may also independently develop 
similar technology. Our failure to effectively protect our intellectual property could reduce the value and potential application of our technology 
and could impair our ability to compete. Any failure by us to meaningfully protect our intellectual property could result in competitors offering 
products that incorporate our most technologically advanced features, which could seriously reduce demand for our products. We have initiated 
and may continue to initiate infringement claims or litigation. Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive and time-
consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical staff and managerial personnel, which could result in lower revenues and higher expenses, 
whether or not such litigation results in a determination favorable to us.  

Enforcement of our intellectual property rights abroad, particularly in China and South America, is limited and it is often difficult to protect 
and enforce such rights.  

The intellectual property protection regimes outside the United States are generally not as comprehensive as in the United States and may not 
protect our intellectual property in some countries where our products are sold or may be sold in the future. In addition, effective enforcement of 
intellectual property rights in certain countries may not be available.  

In particular, the legal regimes relating to intellectual property rights in China and South America are limited and it is often difficult to 
effectively protect and enforce such rights in those countries. For example, the regulatory scheme for enforcing China’s intellectual property 
laws may not be as developed as regulatory schemes in other countries. Any advancement of an intellectual property enforcement claim through 
China’s regulatory scheme may require an extensive amount of time, allowing intellectual property infringers to continue largely unimpeded, to 
our detriment in the Chinese and other export markets. In addition, rules of evidence may be unclear, inconsistent or difficult to comply with, 
making it difficult to prove infringement of our intellectual property rights. As a result, enforcement cases may be difficult or ineffective.  

These factors may make it increasingly complicated for us to enforce our intellectual property rights against infringers, allowing them to harm 
our business in the Chinese or other export markets by affecting the pricing for our products, reducing our sales and diluting our brand or 
product quality reputation.  

16  

   
Table of Contents  

If our contract manufacturers do not respect our intellectual property and trade secrets and if they or others produce competitive products 
reducing our sales or causing customer confusion, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely 
affected.  

Because our contract manufacturers operate in China, where prosecution of intellectual property infringement and trade secret theft is more 
difficult than in the United States, certain of our contract manufacturers, their affiliates, their other customers or their suppliers may attempt to 
misappropriate our intellectual property and trade secrets to manufacture our products for themselves or others without our knowledge. Although 
we attempt to enter into agreements with our contract manufacturers to preclude them from misusing our intellectual property and trade secrets, 
we may be unsuccessful in monitoring and enforcing our intellectual property rights. We have in the past found and expect in the future to find 
counterfeit goods in the market being sold as Ubiquiti products. Although we take steps to stop counterfeits, we may not be successful and 
network operators and service providers who purchase these counterfeit goods may have a bad experience, our brand may be harmed, and our 
business, operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.  

Our business and prospects depend on the strength of our brand. Failure to maintain and enhance our brand would harm our ability to 
expand our base of distributors and the number of network operators and service providers who purchase our products.  

Maintaining and enhancing the Ubiquiti brand is critical to expanding our base of distributors, network operators, service providers, and VARs 
who purchase our products. Maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on our ability to continue to develop and provide products 
and solutions that address the price-performance characteristics sought by these customers and end-users in underserved and underpenetrated 
markets, which we may not do successfully. If we fail to promote, maintain and protect our brand successfully, our ability to sustain and expand 
our business and enter new markets will suffer. Furthermore, if we fail to replicate the Ubiquiti Community in other markets that we seek to 
enter, the strength of our brand in and beyond those markets could be adversely affected. Our brand may be impaired by a number of other 
factors, including product malfunctions and exploitation of our trademarks by others without permission. Despite our efforts to protect our 
trademarks, we have been unsuccessful to date in obtaining a trademark registration from the United States Patent and Trademark Office for the 
name of our company, Ubiquiti Networks, and as a result, we only have common law trademark rights in the United States in our name. 
Additionally, we have been subject to counterfeiting efforts which may damage our brand value. Any inability to effectively police our 
trademark rights against unauthorized uses by third parties could adversely impact the value of our trademarks and our brand recognition. If we 
fail to maintain and enhance the Ubiquiti brand, or if we need to incur unanticipated expenses to establish the brand in new markets, our 
operating results would be negatively affected from reduced sales and increased expenses related to strengthening our brand and our customers 
may be confused about which products are ours.  

The networking, enterprise WLAN, video surveillance, microwave backhaul and machine-to-machine communications markets in which we 
compete are highly competitive and competitive pressures from existing and new products and solutions may have a material adverse effect 
on our business, revenues, growth rates and market share.  

The networking, enterprise WLAN, video surveillance, microwave backhaul and machine-to-machine communications markets in which we 
compete are highly competitive and are influenced by competitive factors including:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

   total cost of ownership and return on investment associated with the solutions;  
   simplicity of deployment and use of the solutions;  
   ability to rapidly develop high performance integrated solutions;  
   reliability and scalability of the solutions;  

17  

   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   market awareness of a particular brand;  
   ability to provide secure access to wireless networks;  
   ability to offer a suite of products and solutions;  
   ability to allow centralized management of the solutions; and  
   ability to provide quality product support.  

We expect competition to intensify in the future as other established and new companies introduce new products in the same markets we serve or 
intend to enter and as these markets continue to consolidate. In particular, companies with successful, widely known brands may price their 
products aggressively to compete with ours. This competition could result in increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales 
and marketing expenses and failure to increase, or the loss of, market share, any of which would likely seriously harm our business, operating 
results or financial condition. If we do not keep pace with product and technology advances, end users may switch to other suppliers and our 
ability to sell our products may be impaired, which could harm our competitive position, revenues and prospects for growth.  

A number of our current or potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, larger customer bases and 
significantly greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than we do.  

As we move into new markets for different types of equipment, our brand may not be as well known as incumbents in those markets. Potential 
customers may prefer to purchase from their existing suppliers rather than a new supplier, regardless of product performance or features. In the 
integrated radio market, our competitors include Alvarion, Motorola and Trango, and in the 900MHz product market, Cisco and Proxim. In the 
embedded radio market, our competitors include Mikrotīkls and Senao. In the backhaul market, our competitors include Ceragon, DragonWave 
and Mikrotīkls. In the CPE market, our competitors include Mikrotīkls, Ruckus and TP-LINK. In the antenna market, we primarily compete with 
Andrew Corporation, PCTEL and Radio Waves. In the enterprise WLAN market, we primarily compete with Ruckus, Aruba Networks and 
Cisco. In the video surveillance market, we primarily compete with Vivotek, Axis Communications and Mobotix. In the microwave backhaul 
market, we primarily compete with DragonWave, SAF Tehnika and Trango. In the machine-to-machine communications market, we primarily 
compete with EnergyHub, Motorola and AlertMe.com. We expect increased competition from other established and emerging companies if our 
market continues to develop and expand. As we enter new markets, we expect to face competition from incumbent and new market participants.  

In addition, some of our competitors have made acquisitions or entered into partnerships or other strategic relationships with one another to offer 
a more comprehensive solution than they had offered individually. We expect this consolidation to continue as companies attempt to strengthen 
or maintain their market positions in an evolving industry and as companies enter into partnerships or are acquired. Many of the companies 
driving this consolidation trend have significantly greater financial, technical and other resources than we do and are better positioned to acquire 
and offer complementary products and technologies. The competitors resulting from these possible consolidations may create more compelling 
product offerings and be able to offer greater pricing flexibility, making it more difficult for us to compete effectively, including on the basis of 
price, sales and marketing programs, technology or product functionality. Continued industry consolidation may adversely impact perceptions of 
the viability of smaller and even medium-sized technology companies and, consequently, willingness to purchase from such companies. These 
pricing pressures and competition from more comprehensive solutions could impair our ability to sell our products profitably, if at all, which 
could negatively affect our revenues and results of operations.  

18  

   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

New entrants and the introduction of other distribution models in our markets may harm our competitive position.  

The markets for development, distribution and sale of our products are rapidly evolving. New entrants seeking to gain market share by 
introducing new technology and new products may make it more difficult for us to sell our products, and could create increased pricing pressure, 
reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses or the loss of market share or expected market share, any of which may 
significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition.  

Historically, large, integrated telecommunications equipment suppliers controlled access to the wireless broadband infrastructure equipment and 
network management software that could be used to extend the geographic reach of wireless internet networks. However, in recent years, 
network operators and service providers have been able to purchase wireless broadband infrastructure equipment and purchase and implement 
network management applications from distributors, resellers and OEMs. Increased competition from providers of wireless broadband 
equipment may result in fewer vendors providing complementary equipment, which could harm our business and revenues. Broadband 
equipment providers or system integrators may also offer wireless broadband infrastructure equipment for free or as part of a bundled offering, 
which could force us to reduce our prices or change our selling model to remain competitive. If there is a major shift in the market such that 
network operators and service providers begin to use closed network solutions that only operate with other equipment from the same vendor, we 
could experience a significant decline in sales because our products would not be interoperable with these proprietary standards.  

We may not be able to enhance our products to keep pace with technological and market developments, or develop new products in a timely 
manner or at competitive prices.  

The market for our wireless broadband networking equipment is emerging and is characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry 
standards, frequent new product introductions and short product life cycles. Our future success in keeping pace with technological developments, 
satisfying increasing network operator and service provider requirements and achieving product acceptance depends upon our ability to enhance 
our current products and to continue to develop and introduce new product offerings and enhanced performance features and functionality on a 
timely basis at competitive prices. Our inability, for technological or other reasons, to enhance, develop, introduce or deliver compelling 
products in a timely manner, or at all, in response to changing market conditions, technologies or network operator and service provider 
expectations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results if end users fail to purchase our products. Our ability to compete 
successfully will depend in large measure on our ability to maintain a technically skilled development and engineering staff and to adapt to 
technological changes and advances in the industry, including providing for the continued compatibility of our products with evolving industry 
standards and protocols and competitive network management environments. Development and delivery schedules for our products are difficult 
to predict. We may fail to introduce new versions of our products in a timely fashion. If new releases of our products are delayed, our 
distributors may curtail their efforts to market and promote our products and network operators and service providers may switch to competing 
products, any of which would result in a delay or loss of revenues and could harm our business. In addition, we cannot assure you that the 
technologies and related products that we develop will be brought to market by us as quickly as anticipated or that they will achieve broad 
acceptance among network operators and service providers.  

We may become subject to warranty claims, product liability and product recalls.  

From time to time, we may become subject to warranty or product liability claims that may require us to make significant expenditures to defend 
these claims or pay damage awards. In the event of a warranty claim, we may also incur costs if we compensate the affected network operator or 
service provider. We also may incur costs and expenses relating to a recall of one or more of our products. The process of identifying recalled 
products that have been widely distributed may be lengthy and require significant resources and we may incur significant  

19  

   
Table of Contents  

replacement costs, contract damage claims from our network operators or service providers and harm to our reputation. Costs or payments made 
in connection with warranty and product liability claims and product recalls could cause our operating results to decline and harm our brand.  

Our distributors, network operators, service providers, VARs and system integrators may expect us to indemnify them for intellectual 
property infringement claims, damages caused by defective products and other losses.  

Our distributors, network operators and service providers may expect us to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred in connection with our 
products, including as a result of intellectual property infringement, damages caused by defects and damages caused by viruses, worms and other 
malicious software, although our agreements with them may not, in all cases, require us to provide this indemnification. In order to satisfy these 
parties’ demands for indemnification and the maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make may be substantial or 
unlimited and could materially harm our business, operating results and financial condition.  

We may in the future agree to defend and indemnify our distributors, network operators and service providers, irrespective of whether we believe 
that we have an obligation to indemnify them or whether we believe that our services and products infringe the asserted intellectual property 
rights. Alternatively, we may reject certain of these indemnity demands, which may lead to disputes with a distributor, network operator or 
service provider and may negatively impact our relationships with the party demanding indemnification or result in litigation against us. Our 
distributors, network operators and service providers may also claim that any rejection of their indemnity demands constitutes a material breach 
of our agreements with them, allowing them to terminate such agreements. If, as a result of indemnity demands, substantial payments are 
required, our relationships with our distributors, network operators and service providers are negatively impacted or if any of our material 
agreements is terminated, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.  

If we lose the services of our founder and chief executive officer, Robert J. Pera, other key members of our management team or key 
research and development employees, we would be required to replace these individuals and may incur additional expense to recruit and 
employ these persons.  

Our success and future growth depend on the skills, working relationships and continued services of our management team and in particular, our 
founder and chief executive officer, Robert J. Pera. Our future performance will also depend on our ability to continue to retain our other senior 
management. We do not maintain key person insurance for any of our personnel, except for a small policy with respect to Mr. Pera.  

Our business model relies in part on leanly staffed, independent and efficient research and development teams. Our research and development 
personnel tend to be key contributors for a given platform and there is little overlap in knowledge and responsibilities. In the event that we are 
unable to retain the services of these key contributors, we may be unable to bring our products to market in a timely manner, if at all, due to 
disruption in our development activities.  

Our future success will also depend on our ability to attract, retain and motivate skilled personnel in the United States and internationally. All of 
our employees work for us on an at will basis. Competition for personnel is intense in the networking equipment industry, and particularly, for 
persons with specialized experience in areas such as antenna design and RF equipment. As a result, we may be unable to attract or retain 
qualified personnel. Our inability to attract and retain the necessary personnel could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial 
condition.  

20  

   
Table of Contents  

We operate in an industry with extensive intellectual property litigation. Claims of infringement against us or our suppliers may cause us to 
incur substantial expenses to defend ourselves and could impair our ability to sell our products if an adverse outcome were to occur.  

Our commercial success depends in part upon us and our component suppliers not infringing intellectual property rights owned by others and 
being able to resolve claims of intellectual property infringement without major financial expenditures. We operate in an industry with extensive 
intellectual property litigation and it is not uncommon for suppliers of certain components of our products, such as chipsets, to be involved in 
infringement lawsuits by or against third parties. Many industry participants that own, or claim to own, intellectual property aggressively assert 
their rights. Our key component suppliers are often targets of such assertions, and we may become a target as well. In addition, the network 
operators and service providers, whom we agree in certain circumstances to indemnify for intellectual property infringement claims related to 
our products, may be targets of such assertions. We cannot determine with certainty whether any existing or future third party intellectual 
property rights would require us to alter our technologies, obtain licenses or cease certain activities.  

We have received, and may in the future receive, claims from third parties asserting intellectual property infringement and other related claims. 
Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves and demand indemnification from our suppliers, if appropriate, by determining the scope, 
enforceability and validity of third party proprietary rights or to establish our own proprietary rights. Some of our competitors may have 
substantially greater resources than we do and may be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and 
for longer periods of time than we could. In addition, patent holding companies that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by 
enforcing patent rights may target our component suppliers, us or our network operators and service providers. These companies typically have 
little or no product revenues and therefore our patents may provide little or no deterrence against such companies filing patent infringement 
lawsuits against us or our network operators and service providers. For example, we have received correspondence from two patent holding 
companies who assert that we infringe certain patents related to wireless communication technologies. We have reviewed the patents which were 
specifically referenced in the correspondence and believe that these patents are either invalid or not infringed by us. However, we cannot assure 
you that a court adjudicating a claim that we infringe these patents would rule in our favor should these patent holding companies file suit 
against us. We believe that in the event of a claim we may be entitled to seek indemnification from our suppliers. However, we cannot provide 
any assurances that if we seek such indemnification, we will receive it. Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents, trademarks 
or other intellectual property rights have any merit, these claims can be time consuming and costly to evaluate and defend and could:  
   adversely affect our relationships with our current or future network operators and service providers or suppliers;  
   cause delays or stoppages in the shipment of our products, or cause us to modify or redesign our products;  
   cause us to incur significant expenses in defending claims brought against us, for which we may not be able to obtain 
indemnification, if applicable, from our suppliers;  
   divert management’s attention and resources;  
   subject us to significant damages or settlements;  
   require us to enter into settlements, royalty or licensing agreements on unfavorable terms; or  
   require us to cease certain activities.  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Moreover, even if some of our contract manufacturers are obligated to indemnify us, these contract manufacturers may contest their obligations 
to indemnify us, or their available assets or indemnity obligation may not be sufficient to cover our losses.  

21  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

In addition to liability for monetary damages against us or, in certain circumstances, our network operators and service providers, we may be 
prohibited from developing, commercializing or continuing to provide certain of our products unless we obtain licenses from the holders of the 
patents or other intellectual property rights. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain any such licenses on commercially reasonable 
terms, or at all. If we do not obtain such licenses, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected 
and we could, for example, be required to cease offering our products or be required to materially alter our products, which could involve 
substantial costs and time to develop.  

For information regarding our trademarks, see the risk factor above titled “Our business and prospects depend on the strength of our brand. 
Failure to maintain and enhance our brand would harm our ability to expand our base of distributors and the number of network operators and 
service providers who purchase our products.”  

We are subject to numerous U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and a substantial majority of our sales are into countries 
outside of the United States. Sales outside of the United States represented 76%, 70% and 59% of our revenues in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and 
fiscal 2010, respectively. Although we did not intend to do so, we have violated certain of these laws in the past, and we cannot currently 
assess the nature and extent of any fines or other penalties, if any, that U.S. governmental agencies may impose against us or our employees 
for any such violations. Any fines, if materially different from our estimates, or other penalties, could have a material adverse effect on our 
business and financial results.  

Sale of certain of our products into Iran, Cuba, Syria, the Sudan and North Korea is restricted or prohibited under U.S. export control and 
economic sanctions laws. In addition, certain of our products incorporate encryption components and may be exported from and outside the 
United States only with the required authorization or eligibility for a license exception. Until early 2010, we lacked sufficient familiarity with the 
export control and sanctions laws and their applicability to our products. Our lack of sufficient familiarity was largely due to our lean corporate 
infrastructure, the inexperience of our management team in these matters and the fact that our products are manufactured outside the United 
States and most of our products never enter the United States. In early 2010, as a result of diligence undertaken in connection with the Summit 
transaction, we learned that our products could not be sold, directly or indirectly, into Iran and other countries subject to a U.S. embargo and we 
learned that some of our products were listed on the Commerce Control List in the EAR, and require authorization from the BIS, prior to export. 
We then began to evaluate the export controls and sanctions applicable to our product sales and to take steps to comply with these laws. For 
instance, we revised our standard form distribution agreements to clearly articulate the restrictions imposed by export control and sanctions laws 
governing business with embargoed countries, disabled downloads of our software by users in these countries, and obtained the required 
Commodity Classification Rulings for our encryption products as required by the EAR. In February 2011, our Audit Committee retained outside 
counsel to conduct a review of our export control compliance and possible sales of our products by third persons to embargoed countries. This 
review was conducted to fully respond to and cooperate with a request for information from OEE, relating to two foreign companies and the 
export classification of our products and to ensure that we were in compliance with the export control and sanctions laws. The review was 
completed in April 2011 and we took the actions described below as a result of our review. In May 2011, we filed a disclosure report regarding 
our findings as a result of this review with OEE. In August 2011, we received a warning letter from the OEE indicating that the OEE had 
completed its investigation of us, was closing out the matter without issuing a penalty, had not referred the matters described below for criminal 
or administrative prosecution of us and closed the investigation of us. In June 2011, we also filed a voluntary self-disclosure with OFAC, which 
disclosure is still pending.  

Transactions Involving Possible Sales of Products into Iran  

Although we do not believe that we directly sold, exported or shipped our products into Iran or any other country subject to a U.S. embargo, we 
believe our products have been sold into Iran by third parties. However, until early 2010, we did not prohibit our distributors from selling our 
products into Iran or any other country subject to a U.S. embargo.  

22  

   
Table of Contents  

From 2008 to early 2010, we had a distribution arrangement with a distributor (“Distributor 1”), in the United Arab Emirates (“UAE”) that gave 
this distributor exclusive jurisdiction over eleven countries in the Middle East, including Iran, as well as authorization to sell worldwide. We had 
no sales to Distributor 1 in fiscal 2012, and sales to Distributor 1 represented 4% and 6% of our revenues in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, 
respectively. We cannot determine which of our products Distributor 1 sold directly or indirectly to persons in Iran. At some point prior to 
February 2010, Distributor 1 requested that we list two resellers on our website as authorized resellers of our products in Iran and we did so. We 
removed these resellers from our website in late February 2010 upon learning of restrictions under the U.S. embargo.  

In early 2010, we began implementing policies prohibiting sales of our products into the countries subject to the U.S. embargo, revised our 
standard form distribution agreements to clearly articulate this policy and disabled downloads of our software by users in these countries. We 
also entered into a new distribution agreement with Distributor 1 that excluded Iran as one of its territories and contained explicit covenants that 
Distributor 1 would comply with U.S. export control and economic sanction laws, including a covenant not to sell our products into Iran. From 
March 2010 until February 2011, we continued doing business with Distributor 1 under the amended distribution agreement. However, we now 
believe that Distributor 1 continued to sell our products into Iran after February 2010 and that we overlooked emails from Distributor 1 that 
included information about Distributor 1’s possible activities related to shipping our products to Iran. In February 2011, we suspended sales of 
our products to Distributor 1 due to the information learned during our export control review that indicated Distributor 1 may still be selling 
products into Iran. Also, during the export review we recently conducted, we learned that from December 2009 through February 2011, another 
distributor, Distributor 2, was selling our products to a company in Iran. At the time of these transactions, we did not have a distribution 
agreement with Distributor 2 and we had not specifically instructed Distributor 2 that our products could not be sold into Iran. Distributor 2, a 
distributor in Europe, received orders from an Iranian entity, placed those orders with us and instructed us to ship the products to a third party in 
the UAE. As such, we believed the products’ final destination was the UAE. Our records indicate that we may have made up to 13 shipments to 
Distributor 2 involving an aggregate value of approximately $340,000 that may have been resold into Iran during this time. Prior to February 
2011, we had not previously notified Distributor 2 of our prohibition against sales of our products into Iran. In March 2011, upon learning that it 
was receiving orders from a company in Iran, we notified Distributor 2 that the end customer was in Iran and of our prohibition on sales to Iran 
and also entered into a distribution agreement with Distributor 2. The agreement contains clear language requiring compliance with the export 
control and economic sanctions laws. We continue to sell products to Distributor 2, as we believe this issue has been resolved and these sales did 
not represent a material portion of Distributor 2’s business with us.  

Export Classification of Our Products  

Following the Summit transaction, we began to research whether our products were subject to U.S. export controls and we hired outside counsel 
to assist us with this analysis. We learned that a number of our products, although they are foreign produced and do not enter into the United 
States, may be considered encryption items under the EAR and required an encryption review by BIS. In May 2010, we filed encryption reviews 
with BIS for our products, and we obtained the required Commodity Classification Rulings for our products between June 2010 and November 
2010. We shipped our products prior to receiving these rulings and these shipments appear to have violated the EAR. In addition, we used 
incorrect export authorizations on our shipping documents even after we received the required Commodity Classification Rulings.  

Accordingly, prior to May 2010, we did not fully comply with applicable encryption controls in the EAR, despite having made foreign sales of 
such items, and continued to use incorrect export authorizations on shipping documents until February 2011, as we did not fully understand the 
scope of the requirements. In addition, throughout this period, we lacked an effective compliance program with respect to these laws. We have 
implemented a significant number of policies and procedures and continue to implement further policies and procedures that will help us to 
comply with these laws.  

23  

   
Table of Contents  

Inquiry from U.S. Department of Commerce’s Office of Export Enforcement  

In January 2011, OEE contacted us to request that we provide information related to our relationship with a logistics company in the UAE and 
with a company in Iran, as well as information on the export classification of our products, neither of which are Distributor 1 or Distributor 2. As 
a result of this inquiry we, assisted by outside counsel, conducted a review of our export transactions from 2008 through March 2011 to not only 
gather information responsive to OEE’s request but also to review our overall compliance with export control and sanctions laws. It was in the 
course of this review that we identified the Iranian sales of Distributor 1 after February 2010 and the Iranian sales of Distributor 2. Our review 
also found that while we had obtained required Commodity Classification Rulings for our products in June 2010 and November 2010, we did not 
advise our shipping personnel to change the export authorizations used on our shipping documents until February 2011. During the course of our 
export control review, we also determined that we had failed to maintain adequate records for the five year period required by the EAR and the 
sanctions regulations due to our lack of infrastructure and because it was prior to our transition to our system of record, NetSuite.  

In May 2011, we filed a self-disclosure with OEE and in June 2011, we filed one with OFAC regarding the compliance issues noted above. The 
disclosures address the above described findings and the remedial actions we have taken to date. However, the findings also indicate that both 
Distributor 1 and Distributor 2 continued to sell, directly or indirectly, our products into Iran during the period from February 2010 through 
March 2011 and that we received various email communications from them indicating that they were continuing to do so. Since January 2011, 
we have cooperated with OEE and, prior to our disclosure filing, we informally shared with the OEE the substance of our findings with respect 
to Distributor 1 and Distributor 2. From May 2011 to August 2011, we provided additional information regarding our review and our findings to 
OEE to facilitate its investigation and OEE advised us in August 2011 that it had completed its investigation of us. In August 2011, we received 
a warning letter from OEE stating that OEE had not referred the findings of our review for criminal or administrative prosecution of us and 
closed the investigation of us without penalty.  

OFAC is still reviewing our voluntary disclosure. In our submission, we have provided OFAC with an explanation of the activities that led to the 
sales of our products in Iran and the failure to comply with the EAR and OFAC sanctions. Although our OFAC and OEE voluntary disclosures 
covered similar sets of facts that led the OEE to resolve the case with the issuance of a warning letter, OFAC may conclude that our actions 
resulted in violations of U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and warrant the imposition of penalties that could include fines, 
termination of our ability to export our products, and/or referral for criminal prosecution. Any such fines may be material to our financial results 
in the period in which they are imposed. The penalties may be imposed against us and/or our management. The maximum civil monetary penalty 
for the violations is up to $250,000 or twice the value of the transaction, whichever is greater, per violation. Also, disclosure of our conduct and 
any fines or other action relating to this conduct could harm our reputation and indirectly have a material adverse effect on our business, 
operating results and financial condition. We cannot predict when OFAC will complete its review or decide upon the imposition of possible 
penalties.  

While we have now taken actions to ensure that export classification information is distributed to the appropriate personnel in a timely manner 
and have adopted policies and procedures to promote our compliance with these laws and regulations, we have obtained written distribution 
agreements with substantially all of our distributors that contain covenants requiring compliance with U.S. export control and economic 
sanctions law; we have notified all of our distributors of their obligations and have obtained updated distribution agreements from distributors 
that account for over 99% of our revenue in fiscal 2012. Our failure to amend all our distribution agreements and to implement more robust 
compliance controls immediately after the discovery of Iran-related sales activity in early 2010 may be aggravating factors that could impact the 
imposition of penalties imposed on us or our management. Based on the facts known to us to date, we recorded an expense of $1.6 million for 
this export compliance matter in fiscal 2010, which represents management’s estimated exposure for fines in accordance with applicable 
accounting literature. Should additional facts be discovered in the future and/or should actual fines or other penalties substantially differ from our 
estimates, our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations would be materially negatively impacted.  

24  

   
Table of Contents  

We may also be subject to export control and economic sanctions laws of jurisdictions outside of the United States and a substantial majority 
of our sales are into countries outside of the United States. If we fail to comply with those foreign export control and economic sanctions 
laws, we may be unable to sell our products and our business would be materially and adversely affected and our revenues would decline.  

In addition to U.S. export regulations, various other countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology and products, and these laws 
could limit our ability to distribute our products or our customers’ ability to implement our products in those countries. Changes in our products 
or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our products in other countries, prevent our customers with 
international operations from deploying our products or, in some cases, prevent the transfer of our products to certain countries altogether. Any 
change in export or import regulations or related legislation, shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in 
the countries, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could negatively impact our ability to sell our products to existing customers 
or the ability of our current and potential distributors, network operators and service providers outside the United States.  

We rely on the Ubiquiti Community to generate awareness of, and demand for, our products. If participation in the Ubiquiti Community 
decreases materially, or if negative information, justified or otherwise, spreads quickly through the community, we would need to incur 
substantial additional expenses to generate awareness of, and demand for, our products.  

We believe a significant portion of our rapid growth to date has been driven by the diverse and actively engaged Ubiquiti Community and our 
business model is predicated on the assumption that the Ubiquiti Community will continue to be actively engaged. Given our lack of a direct 
sales force and limited marketing expenditures, the marketing model enabled by the Ubiquiti Community is central to the success of our business 
but is ultimately outside of our control. In light of the rapid spread of information within the Ubiquiti Community and the material influence 
such community has over product adoption by network operators and service providers, any negative information about us or our products, 
whether or not justified, could quickly and materially decrease demand for our products and be difficult for us to overcome. If the members of 
the Ubiquiti Community were to reject our products and solutions or adopt competitors’ products on a broad basis, our business, operating 
results and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected because we would need to incur substantial additional expenses to 
generate awareness of, and demand for, our products.  

We rely on the Ubiquiti Community to provide network operators and service providers with support to install, operate and maintain our 
products. Any inaccurate information regarding our products that is spread by the Ubiquiti Community could lead to a poor user experience 
or dissatisfaction with our products.  

As we offer limited technical support for our products, we rely on the Ubiquiti Community to provide assistance and, in many cases 
documentation, to network operators and service providers for the installation, operation and maintenance of our products. Because we do not 
generate or control the information provided through the Ubiquiti Community, inaccurate information regarding the installation, operation and 
maintenance of our products could be promulgated through forum postings by members of the Ubiquiti Community. Inaccurate information 
could lead to a poor customer experience or dissatisfaction with our products, which could negatively impact our reputation and disrupt our 
sales. Although we moderate and review forum postings to learn of reported problems and assess the accuracy of advice provided by the Ubiquiti 
Community, as our operations continue to grow, we may not have adequate time or resources to adequately monitor the quality of Ubiquiti 
Community information.  

We rely on the Ubiquiti Community to provide our engineers with valuable feedback central to our research and development processes and 
if the members of the Ubiquiti Community were to stop providing feedback, our internal research and development costs could increase.  

We rely on the Ubiquiti Community to provide rapid and substantive feedback on the functionality and effectiveness of our products. The 
insights, problems and suggestions raised by the Ubiquiti Community enable  

25  

   
Table of Contents  

our engineers to quickly resolve issues with our existing products and improve functionality in subsequent product releases. For example, we 
developed airSync (part of the airMAX platform) in response to collocation interference issues that were described in forum postings by 
members of the Ubiquiti Community. If the members of the Ubiquiti Community were to become less engaged or otherwise stopped providing 
valuable, timely feedback, our internal research and development costs and our time to market would increase, which could cause us to incur 
additional expenses or make our products less attractive to network operators and service providers.  

Our profitability may decline as we expand into new product areas.  

We receive a substantial majority of our revenues from the sale of outdoor wireless networking equipment. We have limited experience in 
selling our products outside of our distribution model. As we expand into new product areas, such as enterprise WLAN, video surveillance 
equipment, wireless backhaul and machine-to-machine communications, we may not be able to compete effectively with existing market 
participants and may not be able to realize a positive return on the investment we have made in these products or services. Entering these 
markets may result in increased product development costs and our new products may have extended time to market relative to our current 
products. If our introduction of a new product is not successful or we are not able to achieve the revenues or margins we expect, our operating 
results may be harmed and we may not recover our product development and marketing expenditures. We may also be required to add a direct 
sales force and customer support personnel to market and support new or existing products, which would require us to accept substantially lower 
product margins or increase our operating expenses. Adding a direct sales force or customer support personnel could reduce our operating 
income and may not be successful.  

We rely on a limited number of contract manufacturers to produce, test and ship all of our products, and failure to successfully manage our 
relationships with these parties could adversely affect our ability to market and sell our products.  

We retain contract manufacturers, which are primarily located in China, to manufacture, control quality of and ship our products. We currently 
do not have long-term supply contracts with any of these contract manufacturers. Any significant change in our relationship with these 
manufacturers could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. We make substantially all of our 
purchases from our contract manufacturers on a purchase order basis. Our contract manufacturers are not otherwise required to manufacture our 
products for any specific period or in any specific quantity. We expect that it would take approximately three to six months to transition 
manufacturing, quality assurance and shipping services to new providers. Relying on contract manufacturers for manufacturing, quality 
assurance and shipping also presents significant risks to us, including the inability of our contract manufacturers to:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   assure the quality of our products;  
   manage capacity during periods of volatile demand;  
   qualify appropriate component suppliers;  
   ensure adequate supplies of materials;  
   protect our intellectual property;  
   deliver finished products at agreed upon prices and schedules; and  
   safeguard consigned materials.  

The ability and willingness of our contract manufacturers to perform is largely outside our control. For example, during mid-2009, the 
technology market was rebounding from the sharp economic contraction that was experienced in 2008. Many suppliers and contract 
manufacturers were unprepared for the speed of the rebound. This led to significant component shortages and capacity constraints at contract 
manufacturers. During this time,  

26  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

our contract manufacturers claimed difficulty in procuring components and extended our order lead times significantly, which forced us to 
extend the lead time for our distributors.  

From time to time, we may change contract manufacturers, which may disrupt our ability to obtain our products in a timely manner. We believe 
that our orders may not represent a material portion of our contract manufacturers’ total orders and, as a result, fulfilling our orders may not be a 
priority in the event our contract manufacturers are constrained in their abilities or resources to fulfill all of their customer obligations in a timely 
manner. If any of our contract manufacturers suffers an interruption in its business, experiences delays, disruptions or quality control problems in 
its manufacturing operations or we have to change or add additional contract manufacturers, our ability to ship products to our customers would 
be delayed and our revenues could become volatile and our cost of revenues may increase.  

We and our contract manufacturers purchase some components, subassemblies and products from a limited number of suppliers. The loss of 
any of these suppliers may substantially disrupt our ability to obtain orders and fulfill sales as we design in and qualify new components.  

We rely on third party components and technology to build and operate our products, and we rely on our contract manufacturers to obtain the 
components, subassemblies and products necessary for the manufacture of our products. Shortages in components that we use in our products are 
possible, and our ability to predict the availability of such components is limited. If shortages occur in the future, as they have in the past, our 
business, operating results and financial condition would be materially adversely affected. Unpredictable price increases of such components due 
to market demand may occur. While components and supplies are generally available from a variety of sources, we and our contract 
manufacturers currently depend on a single or limited number of suppliers for several components for our products. If our suppliers of these 
components or technology were to enter into exclusive relationships with other providers of networking equipment or were to discontinue 
providing such components and technology to us and we were unable to replace them cost effectively, or at all, our ability to provide our 
products would be impaired. We and our contract manufacturers generally rely on purchase orders rather than long-term contracts with these 
suppliers. As a result, even if available, we and our contract manufacturers may not be able to secure sufficient components at reasonable prices 
or of acceptable quality to build our products in a timely manner. Therefore, we may be unable to meet customer demand for our products, which 
would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.  

We are dependent on Qualcomm Atheros for chipsets for our products and do not have short-term alternatives if Qualcomm Atheros were to 
terminate its agreement with us, which could cause us to be unable to fulfill short-term demand and delay our ability to fulfill orders.  

Substantially all of our products currently include chipsets from Qualcomm Atheros. Our license agreement with Qualcomm Atheros may be 
terminated for convenience at the end of the annual contract term which is September 1, 2013 upon 90 days prior written notice by either party. 
The termination of our license agreement with Qualcomm Atheros could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and 
financial condition. To the extent we are unable to secure an adequate supply of chipsets from Qualcomm Atheros, we would be required to 
redesign our products to incorporate components from alternative sources, a process which would cause significant delays and would adversely 
impact our revenues. In accordance with the current terms of the agreement, Qualcomm Atheros may choose to terminate the agreement without 
cause at the end of the annual contract term by giving us at least 90 days prior written notice before September 1, 2013. We do not stockpile 
sufficient chipsets to cover the time it would take to re-engineer our products to replace the Qualcomm Atheros chipsets. Furthermore, if we 
sought a suitable second source for Qualcomm Atheros chipsets in our products, there can be no assurances that we would be able to 
successfully second source our chipsets on suitable terms, if at all. In any event, our use of chipsets from multiple sources may require us to 
significantly modify our product designs to accommodate these different chipsets.  

27  

   
Table of Contents  

Our reliance on third party components and technology means that we may not be able to introduce new products that include certain advanced 
features and functionality without obtaining technology licenses from third parties. For example, we currently rely upon a license from 
Qualcomm Atheros, whose chipsets are incorporated in a majority all of our products. This process is critical to our ability to manufacture our 
products. Obtaining these licenses may be costly and may delay the introduction of such features and functionality, and these licenses may not be 
available on commercially favorable terms, or at all. The inability to offer advanced features or functionality, or a delay in our introduction of 
new products, may adversely affect demand for our products and consequently, materially adversely affect our business, operating results and 
financial condition.  

We base our production on our forecasts of future sales. If these forecasts are materially inaccurate, we may overbuild product, which we 
may be unable to sell in a timely manner or at all, or we may underbuild product, which may impair our customer relationships.  

Our distributors typically provide us with purchase orders for delivery within 60 days. We provide our contract manufacturers forecasts of up to 
approximately five months of demand for long lead time components. To the extent our forecasts are materially inaccurate because we do not 
receive anticipated purchase order volume, we may under or overbuild product. We may over or under forecast the distributors’ actual demand 
for our products or the mix of products and the components associated with the building of our products. We have experienced volatility in 
orders with limited advanced notice, and we expect such volatility to occur in the future. If we are unable to meet any increases in demand, our 
business, operating results and financial condition would be materially adversely affected and our reputation with our customers may be 
damaged. Conversely, if we over forecast demand, we may build excess inventory which could materially adversely affect our business, 
operating results and financial condition.  

We have limited experience and personnel to manage our supply chain and our contract manufacturers, which may cause us to experience 
lower product margins, impair product quality and result in our inability to fulfill demand for our products and solutions.  

We rely on our contract manufacturers to produce, test and ship all of our products. We also rely on our contract manufacturers to obtain the 
components, subassemblies and products necessary for the manufacture of our products. We have limited experience and personnel to manage 
our relationships with our contract manufacturers and our supply chain. Inaccurately forecasting our demand for key components, including the 
Qualcomm Atheros chipsets, could materially adversely affect our ability to build our products in a timely manner and our margins could 
decline. Any failure by us to effectively and proactively manage these relationships and activities could result in material adverse effects on our 
business, operating results and financial condition. If we were required or choose to transition some of our supply chain activities from our 
contract manufacturers to within our organization, we would be required to hire more experienced personnel and develop more supply chain 
policies and procedures. This transition could be lengthy and could cause significant delays in the production, testing and shipment of our 
products, any of which may result in material adverse effects, including an increase in our costs and our ability to ship our products and 
solutions. We cannot assure you that we would ever be able to effectively complete any such transition.  

We have significantly increased our transactional sales volumes in recent periods, and if we fail to effectively manage the challenges 
associated with this transaction volume growth, we may experience difficulty in properly fulfilling customer orders and may incur increased 
operational costs.  

Over the past several years we have and continue to expand our product offerings, the number of customers we sell to and the number of contract 
manufacturers we utilize to produce our products. Failure to effectively manage the increased logistical complexities associated with this 
expansion would make it difficult to fulfill customer orders in a timely manner and could lead to customer dissatisfaction. Further, we may need 
to increase costs to add personnel, upgrade or replace our existing reporting systems as well as improve our business processes and controls. 
Failure to effectively manage any of these logistical challenges would adversely impact our business performance and operating results.  

28  

   
Table of Contents  

If we experience material weaknesses in the future, as we have in the past, or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal 
controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations which may adversely affect 
investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.  

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be required, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management 
on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with the filing of our Annual Report on Form 
10-K for fiscal 2013. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal 
control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency or combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting, 
such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual and interim financial statements will not be 
prevented or detected on a timely basis.  

We are in the early stages of further enhancing our process of compiling the computer system and process documentation necessary to perform 
the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a 
timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial 
reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. We have in the past identified material weaknesses in our internal 
control over financial reporting, and although we have remediated the material weaknesses identified we cannot assure you that there will not be 
material weaknesses in our internal controls in the future. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is 
effective, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our 
common stock to decline. In connection with our fiscal 2009 audit, our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material 
weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to our ability to account for income taxes in accordance with GAAP. 
Subsequently, during fiscal 2010, we identified two other material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. The first related to 
our ability to account for inventory and prepaid advances made to our contract manufacturers in accordance with GAAP. The second related to 
our ability to account for taxes and other amounts due on payments to our employees in foreign jurisdictions.  

We have taken steps to address the material weaknesses as disclosed in the preceding paragraph, including hiring a chief financial officer, a 
corporate controller and other accounting personnel, forming an audit committee and implementing additional financial accounting controls and 
procedures. As a result of these actions, we believe that these material weaknesses have been remediated. However, we have not completed the 
necessary documentation and testing procedures under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and cannot assure you that we will be able to 
implement and maintain an effective internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain such controls could severely 
inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations.  

Unfavorable tax law changes, an unfavorable government review of our tax returns, changes in our geographic earnings mix, or imposition 
of withholding taxes on repatriated earnings could adversely affect our effective tax rate and our operating results.  

We conduct operations in multiple jurisdictions and therefore our effective tax rate is influenced by the amounts of income and expense 
attributed to each such jurisdiction. If such amounts were to change so as to increase the amounts of our net income subject to taxation in higher 
tax jurisdictions, or if we were to commence operations in jurisdictions assessing relatively higher tax rates, our effective tax rate could be 
adversely affected. Historically, we have earned a significant amount of our operating income from outside the United States in low tax rate 
jurisdictions. The continued availability of these rates is dependent on how we conduct our business operation across all tax jurisdictions. We are 
subject to periodic audits or other reviews by tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which we conduct our activities and there is a risk that tax 
authorities could challenge our assertion that we have conducted our business operations appropriately in order to benefit in these lower tax rate  

29  

   
Table of Contents  

jurisdictions. In addition, there are possible tax proposals that are being considered by the U.S. Congress or the legislative bodies in foreign 
jurisdictions that could affect our tax rate, the carrying value of deferred tax assets or our other tax liabilities. We cannot predict the form or 
timing of potential legislative changes, but any newly enacted tax law could have a material adverse impact on our tax provision, net income and 
cash flows. In the event of an unfavorable outcome, this may result in additional tax liabilities or other adjustments to our historical results. In 
addition, we may determine that it is advisable from time to time to repatriate earnings from non-U.S. subsidiaries under circumstances that 
could give rise to imposition of potentially significant withholding taxes by the jurisdictions in which such amounts were earned and substantial 
tax liabilities in the United States. In addition, we may not receive the benefit of any offsetting tax credits, which also could adversely impact our 
effective tax rate. As of June 30, 2012, we held $102.8 million of our $122.1 million of cash and cash equivalents in accounts of our subsidiaries 
outside of the United States and we will incur significant tax liabilities if we were to repatriate those amounts.  

Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax outcome may materially differ from the tax amounts recorded in our 
consolidated financial statements and may materially affect our income tax provision, net income or cash flows in the period or periods for 
which such determination is made.  

The final determination of our income tax liability may be materially different from our income tax provision.  

The final determination of our income tax liability may be materially different from our income tax provision. We are subject to income taxes in 
both the United States and international jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. 
In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Additionally our 
calculations of income taxes are based on our interpretations of applicable tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we file. Although we believe our 
tax estimates are appropriate, there is no assurance that the final determination of our income tax liability will not be materially different than 
what is reflected in our income tax provisions and accruals.  

We are also subject to the periodic examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service in the United States and other tax 
authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our 
provision for income taxes. The outcomes from these examinations may have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.  

Should additional taxes be assessed as a result of new legislation, an audit or litigation; if our effective tax rate should change as a result of 
changes in federal, international or state and local tax laws; if we are found to not be in compliance with tax regulations; or if we were to change 
the locations where we operate, there could be a material effect on our income tax provision and results of operations in the period or periods in 
which that determination is made, and potentially to future periods as well.  

Furthermore, our provision for income tax could increase as we expand our international operations, adopt new products, implement changes to 
our operating structure or undertake intercompany transactions in light of acquisitions, changing tax laws, expiring rulings, and our current and 
anticipated business and operational requirements.  

Our operating expenses will increase as we make further expenditures to enhance and expand our operations in order to support additional 
growth in our business and public company reporting and compliance obligations.  

Historically, we limited our investment in infrastructure but in the future, we expect our infrastructure investments to increase substantially to 
support our anticipated growth and as a result of our becoming a public company. We are making significant investments in information 
systems, hiring more administrative personnel, using more professional services and expanding our operations outside the United States. We 
intend to make additional investments in systems and personnel and continue to expand our operations to support anticipated  

30  

   
Table of Contents  

growth in our business. In addition, we may determine the need in the future to build a direct sales force to market and sell our products or 
provide additional resources or cooperative funds to our distributors. Such changes to our existing sales model would likely result in higher 
selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of our revenues. We expect our increased investments to adversely affect operating 
income. As a result of these factors, we expect our operating expenses to increase.  

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we fail to manage our growth effectively and develop and implement appropriate 
control systems, our business and financial performance may suffer.  

We have substantially expanded our overall business, number of distributors and contract manufacturers, headcount and operations in recent 
periods. We have made investments in our information systems and significantly expanded our operations outside the United States, including an 
expansion of our research and development activities in Lithuania and Taiwan. Our expansion has placed, and our expected future growth will 
continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. Our business model reflects 
our decision to operate with minimal infrastructure and low support and administrative headcount, so risks related to managing our growth are 
particularly salient and we may not have sufficient internal resources to adapt or respond to unexpected challenges. As a result of our focus on 
managing our rapid growth, we may have not allocated sufficient resources to complying with applicable regulatory and other requirements, 
such as spectrum operating regulations, export and embargoed countries regulations and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and our development 
of infrastructure designed to identify and monitor our compliance with these regulatory and other compliance obligations is at an early stage. For 
example, in February 2011 we hired our first employee charged with complying with spectrum use requirements and we hired a chief counsel in 
May 2011. Although we have put certain policies and procedures in place following the hiring of our chief financial officer in May 2010, certain 
of these policies have recently been adopted and our procedures have recently changed and we have limited staff responsible for their 
implementation and enforcement. For example, we have put in place procedures to verify foreign buyers against U.S. disqualified persons lists 
and to identify the need for export licenses based on proposed bills of material for new products. Furthermore, our employees who have the most 
contact with our distributors or who are involved with order entry have recently attended training regarding export controls sponsored by the 
BIS. If we are unable to manage our growth successfully, or if our control systems do not operate effectively, our business and operating results 
will suffer.  

We do not expect our historical growth rates to continue into the future.  

From fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2012, we experienced a CAGR of our revenues of over 137%. We do not expect to sustain this growth rate in the 
future. Our growth rate to date has reflected our acquisition of market share in a new market that was rapidly expanding, our introduction of 
products complementary to our initial offerings and our product pricing strategy designed to accelerate overall market penetration. Given our 
leadership role in, and the increasing maturity of, the global wireless broadband market, we expect that our revenue growth will slow in the 
future as it tracks more closely, and is constrained by, the growth rates of the overall market. Although we intend to employ a strategy consistent 
with our approach to wireless broadband networking as we seek to enter adjacent markets, such as enterprise WLAN, video surveillance, 
wireless backhaul and machine-to-machine communications, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in penetrating these markets in a 
manner that achieves rapid revenue growth, or at all. If we are unable to maintain adequate revenue growth, we may not have sufficient 
resources to execute our business objectives and our share price may decline.  

A large percentage of our research and development operations are conducted in Illinois, Lithuania and Taiwan and our ability to introduce 
new products and support our existing products cost effectively depends on our ability to manage these disparate development sites 
successfully.  

Our success depends on our ability to enhance current products and develop new products rapidly and cost effectively. We currently have a 
number of our research and development personnel in Illinois, Lithuania and Taiwan. We must successfully allocate product development 
activities across the various development centers  

31  

   
Table of Contents  

and manage them in such a manner as to meet our time to market windows while maintaining product consistency and quality. We could incur 
unexpected costs or delays in product development at these remote facilities that could impair our ability to meet market windows or cause us to 
forego certain new product opportunities.  

We rely on third parties for financial and operational services essential to our ability to manage our business. A failure or disruption in these 
services would materially and adversely affect our ability to manage our business effectively.  

We currently use NetSuite to conduct our order management and financial processes. The availability of this service is essential to the 
management of our business. As we expand our operations, we expect to utilize additional systems and service providers that may also be 
essential to managing our business. Although the systems and services that we require are typically available from a number of providers, it is 
time consuming and costly to qualify and implement these relationships. Therefore, our ability to manage our business would suffer if one or 
more of our providers suffer an interruption in their business, or experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in their operations, or 
we have to change or add additional systems and services. We may not be able to control the quality of the systems and services we receive from 
third party service providers, which could impair our ability to implement appropriate internal controls over financial reporting and may impact 
our business, operating results and financial condition.  

Increased debt levels could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations or limit our ability to react to 
changes in the economy or our industry.  

As of June 30, 2012 we had $29.6 million of debt related to a term loan with East West Bank. Additionally, in August 2012 we increased the 
term loan facility to $50.0 million and entered into a revolving line of credit for up to another $50.0 million from East West Bank and U.S. Bank 
under a new loan agreement which replaced our prior loan agreement with East West Bank.  

Our increased debt level could have important consequences, including:  

• 

• 

   increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;  
   requiring a substantial portion of cash flows from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our 

indebtedness, therefore reducing our ability to use our cash flows to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business 
opportunities;  
   restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;  
   limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions 
and general corporate or other purposes; and  
   limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors 
who are less highly leveraged.  

• 

• 

• 

In addition, we may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the 
related risks that we now face could intensify.  

We are subject to risks related to our recently announced common stock repurchase program.  

In August 2012, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $100.0 million of our common stock. The share 
repurchase program commenced Monday, August 13, 2012. The share repurchase program will be funded from existing cash on hand and from 
the proceeds from a loan agreement with East West Bank and U.S. Bank. By repurchasing our common stock we will reduce liquidity of our 
common stock in the open market and could experience increased volatility in our stock price. Additionally, in order to repurchase our  

32  

   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

common stock we have further increased our indebtedness to financial institutions, therefore substantially increasing our leverage and interest 
costs.  

Failure to comply with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), and similar laws associated with our activities outside the 
United States could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.  

As a substantial majority of our revenues is and will be from jurisdictions outside of the United States, we face significant risks if we fail to 
comply with the FCPA and other laws that prohibit improper payments or offers of payment to foreign governments and their officials and 
political parties by us and other business entities for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. In many foreign countries, particularly in 
countries with developing economies, which represent our principal markets, it may be a local custom that businesses operating in such countries 
engage in business practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other laws and regulations. Although we have implemented a company policy 
requiring our employees and consultants to comply with the FCPA and similar laws, we have a limited number of employees engaged in sales so 
we have not conducted formal FCPA compliance training. We have not engaged in training of our distributors and resellers and are in the 
process of amending our distributor agreements to provide clear requirements for our distributors’ and resellers’ compliance with U.S. laws, 
including the FCPA, therefore there can be no assurance that all of our employees, and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource 
certain of our business operations, will not take actions in violation of our policies, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. We have 
not historically entered into written agreements with our distributors and resellers and to the extent we did, those agreements did not clearly state 
our expectations for our distributors and resellers compliance with U.S. law. As a result of our focus on managing our rapid growth, our 
development of infrastructure designed to identify FCPA matters and monitor compliance is at an early stage. Any violation of FCPA and related 
policies could result in severe criminal or civil sanctions and suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracting, which could have a 
material and adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results and financial condition.  

Our products rely on the availability of unlicensed RF spectrum and if such spectrum were to become unavailable through overuse or 
licensing, the performance of our products could suffer and our revenues from their sales could decrease.  

Our products operate in unlicensed RF spectrum, which is used by a wide range of consumer devices such as cordless phones, baby monitors, 
and microwave ovens, and is becoming increasingly crowded. If such spectrum usage continues to increase through the proliferation of 
consumer electronics and products competitive with ours, the resultant higher levels of clutter and interference in the bands of operation our 
products use could decrease the effectiveness of our products, which could adversely affect our ability to sell our products and our business 
could be further harmed if currently unlicensed RF spectrum becomes licensed in the United States or elsewhere. Network operators and service 
providers that use our products may be unable to obtain licenses for RF spectrum at reasonable prices or at all. Even if the unlicensed spectrum 
remains unlicensed, existing and new government regulations may require we make changes in our products. For example, to provide products 
for network operators and service providers who utilize unlicensed RF spectrum, we may be required to limit their ability to use our products in 
licensed RF spectrum. The operation of our products by network operators or service providers in the United States or elsewhere in a manner not 
in compliance with local law could result in fines, operational disruption, or harm to our reputation.  

The complexity of our products could result in unforeseen delays or expenses caused by undetected defects or bugs, which could reduce the 
market acceptance of our new products, damage our reputation with current or prospective customers and adversely affect our operating 
costs.  

Our products may contain defects and bugs when they are first introduced or as new versions are released. We have focused, and intend to focus 
in the future, on getting our new products to market quickly. Due to our rapid product introductions, defects and bugs that may be contained in 
our products may not yet have manifested. We  

33  

   
Table of Contents  

have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, defects and bugs. If any of our products contains material defects or bugs, or has 
reliability, quality or compatibility problems, we may not be able to successfully correct these problems. Consequently, our reputation may be 
damaged and network operators or service providers may be reluctant to buy our products, which could materially and adversely affect our 
ability to retain existing network operators or service providers and attract new network operators or service providers. In addition, these defects 
or bugs could interrupt or delay sales to our distributors. If any of these problems is not found until after we have commenced commercial 
production and distribution of a new product, we may be required to incur additional development costs and product recall, repair or replacement 
costs. These problems may also result in claims against us by our network operators, service providers or others. As a result, our operating costs 
could be adversely affected.  

Confidentiality agreements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of our trade secrets and other proprietary 
information.  

We have devoted substantial resources to the development of our proprietary technology and trade secrets. In order to protect our proprietary 
technology and trade secrets, we rely in part on confidentiality agreements with our employees, licensees, independent contractors and other 
advisors. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of our trade secrets and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of 
unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets. In addition, others may independently discover trade secrets and proprietary information, and in 
such cases we could not assert any trade secret rights against such parties. Costly and time consuming litigation could be necessary to determine 
and enforce the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive 
business position.  

Although we primarily rely on confidentiality agreements to protect our trade secrets, we have failed to obtain such agreements from certain of 
our former employees due to administrative oversights, including those who participated in the development of certain of our products. Our 
employment policies require these former employees to continue to protect our trade secrets and to assign to us any intellectual property related 
to their activities on our behalf. However, we may have difficulty enforcing these rights, which could reduce our competitive differentiation and 
result in lost sales and customer confusion.  

We use open source software in our products that may subject our firmware to general release or require us to re-engineer our products and 
the firmware contained therein, which may cause harm to our business.  

We use open source software in our products, including in connection with our proprietary software, and may use more open source software in 
the future. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate 
open source software into their products. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open 
source software. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we 
create based upon the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of a particular open 
source license or other license granting third parties certain rights of further use. If we combine our proprietary firmware or other software with 
open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release our proprietary source code 
publicly or license such source code on unfavorable terms or at no cost. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source 
software can lead to greater risks than use of third party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or 
controls on origin of the software. Open source license terms relating to the disclosure of source code in modifications or derivative works to the 
open source software are often ambiguous and few if any courts in jurisdictions applicable to us have interpreted such terms. As a result, many 
of the risks associated with usage of open source software cannot be eliminated, and could, if not properly addressed, negatively affect our 
business. We currently disclose or plan to disclose the source code for certain of our proprietary software in an effort to comply with the terms of 
the licenses applicable to the open source software that we use, and we believe that such disclosure represents the entirety of our source code 
disclosure obligations under these licenses. However, if we were found to have inappropriately used open source  

34  

   
Table of Contents  

software, we may be required to release our proprietary source code, re-engineer our firmware or other software, discontinue the sale of our 
products in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis or take other remedial action that may divert resources away from 
our development efforts, any of which could adversely increase our expenses and delay our ability to release our products for sale.  

Our business is susceptible to risks associated with operations outside of the United States.  

As of June 30, 2012 we had international operations in Hong Kong, Lithuania and Taiwan. We also sell to distributors outside the United States 
and for fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, our revenues from sales outside the United States were 76%, 70% and 59%, respectively. Our operations 
outside the United States subject us to risks that we have not generally faced in the United States. These include:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   the burdens of complying with a wide variety of U.S. laws applicable to export controls, foreign operations, foreign laws and 
different legal standards;  
   fluctuations in currency exchange rates;  
   unexpected changes in foreign regulatory requirements;  
   counterfeiting of our products or infringement on our intellectual property by third parties;  
   difficulties in managing the staffing of remote operations;  
   potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of foreign value added tax systems, restrictions on the repatriation 
of earnings and changes in tax rates;  
   dependence on distributors in various countries with different pricing policies, inventory management and forecasting practices;  
   reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;  
   demand for reliable wireless broadband networks in those countries;  
   requirements that we comply with local telecommunication regulations in those countries;  
   increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexity;  
   political, social and economic instability in some jurisdictions; and  
   terrorist attacks and security concerns in general.  

If any of these risks were to come to fruition, it could negatively affect our business outside the United States and, consequently, our operating 
results. Additionally, operating in markets outside the United States requires significant management attention and financial resources. We 
cannot be certain that the investment and additional resources required to establish, acquire or integrate operations in other countries will 
produce desired levels of revenues or profitability.  

Our contract manufacturers, shipping points and certain administrative and research and development operations are located in areas likely 
to be subject to natural disasters or other events that could stop us from having our products made or shipped or could result in a substantial 
delay in our production or development activities.  

Our manufacturing capacity may be reduced or eliminated at one or more facilities because our manufacturing, assembly, testing and shipping 
contractors are all located in southern China, the majority of our products are shipped from Hong Kong and we have research and development 
offices in Taiwan and California. Our principal executive offices are also located in California. The risk of earthquakes, typhoons and other 
natural disasters in these geographic areas is significant due to the proximity of major earthquake fault lines. Southern China, Hong Kong and 
Taiwan are also subject to typhoons and other Pacific storms. Earthquakes, fire, flooding or other  

35  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

natural disasters in California, southern China, Hong Kong or Taiwan, or political unrest, war, labor strikes, work stoppages or public health 
crises, in countries where our or our contractors’ facilities are located could result in the disruption of our development, manufacturing, 
assembly, testing or shipping capacity. Any disruption resulting from these events could cause significant delays in product development or 
shipments of our products until we are able to shift our development, manufacturing, assembly or testing from the affected contractor to another 
third party vendor or our research and development activities to another location. We cannot assure you that alternative capacity could be 
obtained on favorable terms, if at all.  

New safety regulations or changes in existing safety regulations related to our products may result in unanticipated costs or liabilities, which 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and future sales, and could place additional 
burdens on the operations of our business.  

Radio emissions are subject to regulation in the United States and the other countries in which we do business. In the United States, various 
federal agencies including the Center for Devices and Radiological Health of the Food and Drug Administration, the Federal Communications 
Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and various state agencies have promulgated regulations that concern the use of 
radio/electromagnetic emissions standards. Member countries of the EU have enacted similar standards concerning electrical safety and 
electromagnetic compatibility and emissions standards. If any of our products becomes subject to new regulations or if any of our products 
becomes specifically regulated by additional government entities, compliance with such regulations could become more burdensome, and we 
may be unable to ship our products or they may cost substantially more to produce, which would reduce our revenues and increase our cost of 
revenues.  

Government regulations designed to protect consumer privacy may make it difficult for us to sell our products.  

Our products may transmit and store personal information. This information is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations in numerous 
jurisdictions around the world. This government action is typically intended to protect the privacy and security of personal information that is 
collected, stored and transmitted in or from the governing jurisdiction. In addition, because various foreign jurisdictions have different laws and 
regulations concerning the storage and transmission of personal information, we may face unknown requirements that pose compliance 
challenges in new geographic markets that we seek to enter. Such variation could subject us to costs, delayed product launches, liabilities or 
negative publicity that could impair our ability to expand our operations into some countries and therefore limit our future growth.  

As privacy and data protection have become more sensitive issues, we may also become exposed to potential liabilities as a result of differing 
views on the privacy of personal information. These and other privacy concerns could adversely impact our business, results of operations and 
financial condition. In addition, our attempts to protect the privacy of customer data may fail if our encryption is inadequate or fails to operate as 
expected.  

We cannot predict our future capital needs and we may not be able to obtain additional financing to fund our operations.  

We may need to raise additional funds in the future. Any required additional financing may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. 
If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities or convertible debt, investors may experience significant dilution of their ownership 
interest, and the newly issued securities may have rights senior to those of the holders of our common stock. If we raise additional funds by 
obtaining loans from third parties, we will incur interest expense and may have to comply with covenants and secure that debt obligation with 
our assets. If additional financing is not available when required or on acceptable terms, we may have to scale back our operations or limit our 
production activities. As a result, we may not be able to expand our business, develop or enhance our products, take advantage of business 
opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, which could result in lower revenues and reduce the competitiveness of our products.  

36  

   
Table of Contents  

Our existing credit facilities preclude us from entering into additional credit agreements, other than in limited circumstances, and, as a result, we 
may be required to issue equity securities rather than obtain additional debt financing.  

If we are unable to integrate future acquisitions successfully, our operating results and prospects could be harmed.  

We have not made any acquisitions to date. In the future, we may make acquisitions to improve or expand our product offerings. Our future 
acquisition strategy will depend on our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate acquisitions. Mergers and acquisitions are inherently 
risky and any mergers and acquisitions we complete may not be successful. Any mergers and acquisitions we may pursue would involve 
numerous risks, including the following:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   difficulties in integrating and managing the operations, technologies and products of the companies we acquire, particularly in light 
of our lean organizational structure;  
   diversion of our management’s attention from normal daily operation of our business;  
   our inability to maintain the key business relationships and the brand equity of the businesses we acquire;  
   our inability to retain key personnel of the acquired company, particularly in light of the demands we place on individual 
contributors;  
   uncertainty of entry into markets in which we have limited or no prior experience and in which competitors have stronger market 
positions;  
   our dependence on unfamiliar affiliates and partners of the companies we acquire;  
   insufficient revenues to offset our increased expenses associated with acquisitions;  
   our responsibility for the liabilities of the businesses we acquire, including those which we may not anticipate; and  
   our inability to maintain internal standards, controls, procedures and policies, particularly in light of our lean organizational structure. 

We may be unable to secure the equity or debt funding necessary to finance future acquisitions on terms that are acceptable to us. Completing 
acquisitions could consume significant amounts of cash. If we finance acquisitions by issuing equity or convertible debt securities, our existing 
stockholders will likely experience dilution, and if we finance future acquisitions with debt funding, we will incur interest expense and may have 
to comply with covenants and secure that debt obligation with our assets.  

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

None.  

Item 2. 

Properties 

Our corporate headquarters are located in San Jose, California under a building lease which we entered into in December 2011. The lease term is 
from April 1, 2012 through June 30, 2017. The premises consist of 64,512 rentable square feet of space. We incur costs related to additional 
properties around the world and within the facilities of certain suppliers for use as research and development facilities, sales and support offices, 
warehouses and logistics centers and test facilities. The size and location of these properties change from time to time based on business 
requirements. We do not own any manufacturing facilities, and we contract and license to third parties the production and distribution of our 
hardware. For our research and development and sales and support  

37  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

personnel, we also have leased offices in Taipei, Taiwan, Kaunas, Lithuania and Barrington, Illinois. We believe our current facilities will be 
adequate or that additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms for the foreseeable future.  

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings 

Anti-Counterfeiting Litigation  

In May, 2012, we filed a lawsuit in the U.S. federal court for the Northern District of California against Kozumi USA Corp. and its owner Shao 
Wei (William) Hsu. The lawsuit alleged that Kozumi and Hsu have engaged in intellectual property theft, and illegal manufacturing and sale of 
counterfeit Ubiquiti products. In June, the court granted our application for a temporary restraining order enjoining Kozumi and Hsu and anyone 
in active concert or participation with them from using our trademarks, destroying evidence of counterfeiting and infringement, or assisting, 
aiding or abetting any other person or business entity in engaging in or performing any of such activities. In July, the court issued a preliminary 
injunction against Kozumi and Hsu to the same effect and froze Hsu’s real estate assets in the U.S. We intend to vigorously pursue this and other 
legal actions against the counterfeiters.  

Export Compliance  

In January 2011, the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security’s Office of Export Enforcement (“OEE”) contacted us to 
request that we provide information related to our relationship with a logistics company in the United Arab Emirates (“UAE”) and with a 
company in Iran, as well as information on the export classification of our products. As a result of this inquiry we, assisted by outside counsel, 
conducted a review of our export transactions from 2008 through March 2011 to not only gather information responsive to the OEE’s request but 
also to review our overall compliance with export control and sanctions laws. We believe our products have been sold into Iran by third parties. 
We do not believe that we directly sold, exported or shipped our products into Iran or any other country subject to a U.S. embargo. However, 
until early 2010, we did not prohibit our distributors from selling our products into Iran or any other country subject to a U.S. embargo. In the 
course of this review we identified that two distributors may have sold Ubiquiti products into Iran. Our review also found that while we had 
obtained required Commodity Classification Rulings for our products in June 2010 and November 2010, we did not advise our shipping 
personnel to change the export authorizations used on our shipping documents until February 2011. During the course of our export control 
review, we also determined that we had failed to maintain adequate records for the five year period required by the EAR and the sanctions 
regulations due to our lack of infrastructure and because it was prior to our transition to our system of record, NetSuite. See “ Risk Factors—We 
are subject to numerous U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and a substantial majority of our sales are into countries outside of 
the United States. Although we did not intend to do so, we have violated certain of these laws in the past, and we cannot currently assess the 
nature and extent of any fines or other penalties, if any, that U.S. governmental agencies may impose against us or our employees for any such 
violations. Any fines, if materially different from our estimates, or other penalties, could have a material adverse effect on our business and 
financial results. ”  

In May 2011, we filed a self-disclosure with OEE and, in June 2011 we filed one with OFAC, regarding the compliance issues noted above. The 
disclosures address the above described findings and the remedial actions we have taken to date. However, the findings also indicate that both 
distributors continued to sell, directly or indirectly, our products into Iran during the period from February 2010 through March 2011 and that we 
received various communications from them indicating that they were continuing to do so. Since January 2011, we have cooperated with OEE 
and, prior to our disclosure filing, we informally shared with the OEE the substance of our findings with respect to both distributors. From May 
2011 to August 2011, we provided additional information regarding our review and our findings to OEE to facilitate its investigation and OEE 
advised us in August 2011 that it had completed its investigation of us. In August 2011, we received a warning letter from OEE stating that OEE 
had not referred the findings of our review for criminal or administrative prosecution of us and closed the investigation of us without penalty.  

38  

   
   
Table of Contents  

OFAC is still reviewing our voluntary disclosure. In our submission, we have provided OFAC with an explanation of the activities that led to the 
sales of our products in Iran and the failure to comply with the EAR and OFAC sanctions. Although our OFAC and OEE voluntary disclosures 
covered similar sets of facts, which led OEE to resolve the case with the issuance of a warning letter, OFAC may conclude that our actions 
resulted in violations of U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and warrant the imposition of penalties that could include fines, 
termination of our ability to export our products and/or referral for criminal prosecution. Any such fines may be material to our financial results 
in the period in which they are imposed. The penalties may be imposed against us and/or our management. The maximum civil monetary penalty 
for the violations is up to $250,000 or twice the value of the transaction, whichever is greater, per violation. Also, disclosure of our conduct and 
any fines or other action relating to this conduct could harm our reputation and indirectly have a material adverse effect on our business. We 
cannot predict when OFAC will complete its review or decide upon the imposition of possible penalties.  

Based on the facts known to us to date, we recorded an expense of $1.6 million for this export compliance matter in fiscal 2010, which 
represents management’s estimated exposure for fines in accordance with applicable accounting literature. Should additional facts be discovered 
in the future and/or should actual fines or other penalties substantially differ from our estimates, our business, financial condition, cash flows and 
results of operations would be materially negatively impacted.  

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any 
material litigation; however, we have received, and may in the future continue to receive, claims from third parties asserting infringement of 
their intellectual property rights. Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves and our wireless carriers by determining the scope, 
enforceability and validity of third party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights.  

Shareholder Class Action Lawsuits  

Beginning on September 7, 2012, two purported shareholder class action complaints were filed against us, certain of our officers and directors 
and the underwriters of our initial public offering in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaints 
purport to bring claims under the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and SEC Rule 10b-5 on behalf a class of 
purchasers of our common stock from October 14, 2011 through August 9, 2012 and/or who acquired their stock pursuant to or traceable to the 
registration statement for the IPO. The complaints seek, among other things, compensatory damages, rescission, and attorneys’ fees and costs.  

We believe that the allegations in the complaints are without merit and intend to vigorously contest the litigation. However, there can be no 
assurance that we will be successful in our defense and we cannot currently estimate a range of possible losses we may experience in connection 
with this litigation.  

Item 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable  

39  

   
   
Table of Contents  

PART II  

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Market Information  

Our shares of common stock are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “UBNT.” Our common stock began trading on 
October 14, 2011, upon our initial public offering. The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the high and low intra-day sale prices for 
our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.  

Second Quarter (from October 14, 2011)  
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter  

Year Ended June 30, 2012 
Low 
High 
$  16.25    
$  17.33    
$  11.19    

$  23.04       
$  33.97       
$  35.99       

As of September 21, 2012, the number of record holders of our common stock was 13. Because most of our shares are held by brokers and other 
institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of beneficial stockholders represented by these record holders.  

40  

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Stock Performance Graph  

The following graph compares, for the period between October 14, 2011 (the date of our initial public offering) and June 30, 2012, the 
cumulative total stockholder return for our common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Computer Index. The graph 
assumes that $100 was invested on October 14, 2011 in our common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Computer Index 
and assumes reinvestment of any dividends. The stock price performance on the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock 
price performance. This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended (the “Exchange Act”), or incorporated by reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the 
Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.  

Dividends  

We have never declared or paid a cash dividend on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. 
Any future determination with respect to the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors.  

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans  

Information regarding the securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans can be found under Item 12 of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K.  

41  

   
  
   
Table of Contents  

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and the consolidated balance 
sheet data as of June 30, 2012 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. The 
selected consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 and the consolidated balance sheet data as 
of June 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this report. Historical 
results are not necessarily indicative of future results and should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial 
information included in this report.  

In thousands, except per share data 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:  
Revenues  
Cost of revenues 
Gross profit  
Operating expenses:  

(1)  

Research and development 
Sales, general and administrative 

(1)(2)(3)  

(1)  

Total operating expenses  
Income from operations  
Interest income (expense) and other, net  
Income before provision for income taxes  
Provision for income taxes  
Net income (loss)  
Preferred stock cumulative dividend and accretion of cost of preferred stock  
Less allocation of net income to participating preferred stockholders  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—basic  
Undistributed earnings re-allocated to common stockholders  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—diluted  
Net income (loss) per share of common stock:  

Basic  
Diluted  

Basic  
Diluted  

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share of common stock:  

(1) 

(2) 
(3) 

Includes stock-based compensation as follows:  

Cost of revenues  
Research and development  
Sales, general and administrative  

Total stock-based compensation  
Includes a charge for an export compliance matter as follows:  
Includes gain from a trademark coexistence agreement as follows:  

In thousands 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Working capital  
Total assets  
Debt – long-term  
Redeemable convertible preferred stock  
Common stock and additional paid-in capital  
Treasury stock  
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)  

42  

2012 

Year Ended June 30, 
2010 

2011 

2009 

2008 

$ 353,517      
   202,514      
   151,003      

$ 197,874      
  117,062      
   80,812      

$ 136,952      
   82,404      
   54,548      

$  63,121       
   37,181       
   25,940       

$  22,435    
   10,942    
   11,493    

   16,699      
9,012      
   25,711      
   125,292      
(1,269 )    
   124,023      
   21,434      
   102,589      
  (112,431 )    
—        
(9,842 )    
—        
(9,842 )    

$ 

   11,374      
   7,358      
   18,732      
   62,080      
79      
   62,159      
   12,432      
   49,727      
   (42,068 )    
   (2,784 )    
   4,875      
103      
$  4,978      

   31,704      
   18,162      
   49,866      
4,682      
581      
5,263      
   10,719      
(5,456 )    
(1,436 )    
   —        
(6,892 )    
   —        
$  (6,892 )    

5,166       
2,946       
8,112       
   17,828       
118       
   17,946       
8,057       
9,889       
   —         
   —         
9,889       
   —         
$  9,889       

   2,706    
   1,396    
   4,102    
   7,391    
123    
   7,514    
   2,817    
   4,697    
   —      
   —      
   4,697    
   —      
$  4,697    

$ 

$ 

(0.12 )    

(0.12 )    

$ 

$ 

0.08      

0.07      

$ 

$ 

(0.08 )    

(0.08 )    

$ 

$ 

0.10       

0.09       

$ 

$ 

0.07    

0.05    

   83,460      

   63,092      

   88,972      

  101,687       

   70,307    

   83,460      

   66,907      

   88,972      

  105,585       

  101,675    

$ 

$ 

117      
542      
834      
1,493      

$ 

$ 

30      
285      
637      
952      

$  —        
(1,500 )    
$ 

$  —        
$  —        

2012 

2011 

124      
$ 
   26,221      
9,814      
$  36,159      

$  1,625      
$  —        

June 30, 
2010 

$ 122,060      
  155,462      
  213,736      
   22,623      
   —        
  129,073      
   (69,515 )   
  130,951      

$  76,361      
   90,301      
  131,678      
   —        
  145,847      
608      
   (69,515 )    
   (53,872 )    

$  28,415      
   55,003      
   82,090      
   —        
  106,781      
   2,057      
   (62,268 )    
   (52,835 )    

$ 

$ 

5       
315       
185       
505       

$ 

$ 

1    
46    
53    
100    

$  —         
$  —         

$  —      
$  —      

2009       

2008    

$ 13,674       
  20,723       
  26,673       
   —         
   —         
   1,584       
   —         
  18,115       

$  5,936    
  10,021    
  12,820    
   —      
   —      
   1,026    
   —      
   6,968    

   
   
   
  
   
  
   
    
    
    
     
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
Table of Contents  

Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Overview  

We are a product driven company that leverages innovative proprietary technologies to deliver networking solutions with compelling price-
performance characteristics to both start-up and established network operators and service providers. Our products bridge the digital divide by 
fundamentally changing the economics of deploying high performance networking solutions in underserved and underpenetrated wireless 
broadband access markets globally. These markets include emerging markets and other areas where individual users and small and medium sized 
enterprises do not have access to the benefits of carrier class broadband networking. Our business model has enabled us to break down 
traditional barriers, such as high product and network deployment costs, which are driven by business model inefficiencies and achieve rapid 
market adoption of our products and solutions in previously underserved and underpenetrated markets. Our business model and proprietary 
technologies provide us with a significant and sustainable competitive advantage over incumbents, who we believe are unable to respond 
effectively due to their higher cost business models.  

We offer a broad and expanding portfolio of networking products and solutions and we recently introduced products in the enterprise WLAN, 
video surveillance, wireless backhaul and machine-to-machine communications markets. Our solutions include systems, high performance 
radios, antennas and management tools that have been designed to deliver carrier class performance for networking and other applications in the 
unlicensed RF spectrum. We began shipping embedded radios in fiscal 2006. In fiscal 2008 we introduced a line of products based on 802.11 
standard protocols and in early fiscal 2010, we introduced a number of new products based on our proprietary airTechnologies, including our 
high-performance airMAX platform, which have been rapidly adopted by network operators and high-performance proprietary airMAX service 
providers. In fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, our systems revenue, which primarily consists of our airMAX platform, and to a lesser extent 802.11 
standard based systems, accounted for 86% and 81% of our revenues, respectively. Although our airMAX platform has supplanted the demand 
for some of our 802.11 standard products, we have not experienced a decline in gross margin as we transition from 802.11 standard products to 
our airMAX platform as they have similar margin profiles. In the future, we expect sales of our airMAX platform products based on our other 
airTechnologies to continue to represent a growing portion of our revenues and the portion of our revenues derived from our 802.11 standard 
products to decline as a percentage of total revenues. Our embedded radios bear higher margins than our systems, but we believe that systems 
present a larger market opportunity.  

Building on our leadership in the underserved and underpenetrated segments of the wireless broadband access market, we intend to expand our 
product offerings in our existing market and enter adjacent markets by relying on the combination of our efficient business model and 
proprietary technologies. For example, we have introduced products and solutions for the enterprise WLAN, video surveillance, and since late 
fiscal 2011 licensed microwave wireless backhaul and machine-to-machine communication markets. As we enter such new markets, we plan to 
leverage existing distributor relationships and establish engaged communities similar to that of the Ubiquiti Community to keep our operating 
expenses in line with our current model and enable us to offer products in these new markets with compelling price-performance characteristics.  

Our revenues increased 79% to $353.5 million in fiscal 2012 from $197.9 million in fiscal 2011. Our revenues increased 44% to $197.9 million 
in fiscal 2011 from $137.0 million in fiscal 2010.  

We had net income (loss) of $102.6 million, $49.7 million and $(5.5) million in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively. Our net 
loss in fiscal 2010 reflected a one-time stock-based compensation charge of $35.9 million related to a repurchase of our common stock and 
options in connection with the sale of our Series A preferred stock and a $1.6 million charge related to a regulatory export compliance issue.  

The Summit Transaction  

In March 2010, we sold 33,898,990 shares of our Series A preferred stock and also issued warrants to purchase 2,135,640 shares of our Series A 
preferred stock to funds affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. for net proceeds  

43  

   
Table of Contents  

of $99.5 million. Simultaneously with the issuance of preferred stock and warrants, we repurchased 33,104,320 shares of common stock and 
canceled and repurchased 794,660 options to purchase common stock from our employees and consultants for aggregate consideration of 
$100.0 million. In June 2010, the funds affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P., exercised their warrants in full for consideration of $6.3 million. 
For a more complete description of these transactions see “—Repurchase of Common Stock and Sale of Series A Preferred Stock.”  

We determined that the per share repurchase price of the common stock and options in March 2010 was above the fair value for shares of our 
common stock at the time of the repurchase. The fair value was determined to be $1.89, while the repurchase price was $2.95. Therefore, we 
recognized $35.9 million of the $100.0 million repurchase price as stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2010. This stock-based 
compensation was allocated among the various categories of expense in our consolidated statements of operations as follows:  

Cost of revenues  
Research and development  
Sales, general and administrative  

Total stock-based compensation related to the Summit transaction  

Year Ended   
June 30, 2010   
(In thousands)   
99    
$ 
26,194    
9,585    
35,878    

$ 

Repurchase of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock  

In July 2011, we repurchased an aggregate of 12,041,700 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock from entities affiliated with Summit 
Partners, L.P. at a price of $8.97 per share for an aggregate consideration of $108.0 million. Of the aggregate purchase price, $40.0 million was 
paid in cash at the time of closing and the balance of the shares were paid for through the issuance of convertible subordinated promissory notes 
in the aggregate principal amount of $68.0 million. The $68.0 million was paid down primarily using proceeds from the term loan we executed 
with East West Bank on September 15, 2011 and funds raised upon the completion of our initial public offering on October 19, 2011.  

Initial Public Offering  

On October 19, 2011, we completed our initial public offering whereby we sold 2,395,328 shares and selling stockholders sold 4,642,902 shares 
of our common stock. We received net proceeds of $30.5 million after deducting the underwriting fees and commissions and estimated offering 
expenses payable by us. Immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering, all outstanding shares of our Series A convertible 
preferred stock converted into 23,992,929 shares of our common stock.  

Key Components of Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition  

Revenues  

Our revenues are derived principally from the sale of networking hardware and management tools. In addition, while we do not sell maintenance 
and support separately, because we have historically included it free of charge in many of our arrangements, we attribute a portion of our 
systems revenues to this implied post-contract customer support (“PCS”).  

We classify our revenues into three product categories: systems, embedded radios and antennas/other.  

• 

   Systems consists of three product categories:  

• 

• 

• 

   Our proprietary airMAX platform products for network operators and service providers;  
   Our new platform products which include significant platforms introduced in late fiscal 2011 and during 2012 which includes 
the UniFi, airVision and airFiber platforms; and  
   Other 802.11 standard products including base stations, radios, backhaul equipment and CPE.  

44  

   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

• 

• 

   Embedded radios consist of more than 25 radio products primarily for OEMs, including both point to point and point to multipoint 
radios in the 2.0 to 6.0GHz spectrum, that are offered with a variety of features.  
   Antennas/other consist of antenna products in the 2.0 to 6.0GHz spectrum, as well as miscellaneous products such as mounting 

brackets, cables and power over Ethernet adapters. These products include both high performance sector and directional antennas. 
This category also includes our allocation of revenues to PCS.  

We sell substantially all of our products through a limited number of distributors and other channel partners, such as resellers and OEMs. Sales 
to distributors accounted for 98%, 97% and 93% of our revenues in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively. Other channel partners, 
such as resellers and OEMs, largely accounted for the balance of our revenues. We sell our products without any right of return outside of 
standard warranty rights.  

Cost of Revenues  

Our cost of revenues is comprised primarily of the costs of procuring finished goods from our contract manufacturers and chipsets that we 
consign to certain of our contract manufacturers. In addition, cost of revenues includes tooling, labor and other costs associated with engineering, 
testing and quality assurance, warranty costs, stock-based compensation and excess and obsolete inventory.  

We outsource our manufacturing and order fulfillment and utilize contract manufacturers located primarily in China and, to a lesser extent, 
Taiwan. We also evaluate and utilize other vendors for various portions of our supply chain from time to time. Our manufacturing organization 
consists of employees and consultants engaged in the management of our contract manufacturers, new product introduction activities, logistical 
support and engineering.  

Gross Profit  

Our gross profit has been, and may in the future be, influenced by several factors including changes in product mix, target end markets for our 
products, pricing due to competitive pressure, production costs, foreign exchange rates and global demand for electronic components. Although 
we procure and sell our products in U.S. dollars, our contract manufacturers incur many costs, including labor costs, in other currencies. To the 
extent that the exchange rates move unfavorably for our contract manufacturers, they may try to pass these additional costs on to us, which could 
have a material impact on our future average selling prices and unit costs.  

Operating Expenses  

We classify our operating expenses as research and development and sales, general and administrative expenses.  

• 

   Research and development expenses consist primarily of salary and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, for 

• 

employees and costs for contractors engaged in research, design and development activities, as well as costs for prototypes, facilities 
and travel. Over time, we expect our research and development costs to increase as we continue making significant investments in 
developing new products and developing new versions of our existing products.  
   Sales, general and administrative expenses include salary and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, for employees 
and costs for contractors engaged in sales, marketing and general and administrative activities, as well as the costs of trade shows, 
marketing programs, promotional materials, bad debt expense, professional services, facilities, general liability insurance and travel. 
As our product portfolio and targeted markets expand, we may need to employ different sales models, such as building a direct sales 
force. These sales models would likely increase our costs. Over time, we expect our sales, general and administrative expenses to 
increase in absolute dollars due to continued growth in headcount, expansion of our registration and defense of trademarks, patents 
and shareholder litigation efforts and increased support for our business and operations as a public company.  

45  

   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Deferred Revenues and Costs  

In the event that collectability of a receivable from products we have shipped is not reasonably assured, we classify those amounts as deferred 
revenues on our balance sheet until such time as we receive payment of the accounts receivable. We classify the cost of products associated with 
these deferred revenues as deferred costs of revenues. At June 30, 2012, we did not have any revenue deferred for transactions where we lacked 
evidence that collectability of the receivables recorded was reasonably assured. At June 30, 2011, $1.2 million of revenue was deferred with a 
related deferred cost of revenues balance of $881,000.  

Also included in our deferred revenues is a portion related to PCS obligations that we estimate we will perform in the future. As of June 30, 2012 
and 2011, we had deferred revenues of $805,000 and $497,000 respectively, related to these obligations.  

Prepayments  

We have historical agreements with certain contract manufacturers whereby we prepay for a portion of the product costs to assure the 
manufacture and timely delivery of our products. As of June 30, 2012 and 2011, we had prepayment balances of $129,000 and $5.3 million, 
respectively.  

Critical Accounting Policies  

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America 
(“GAAP”). In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require 
management’s judgment in its application. In other cases, management’s judgment is required in selecting among available alternative 
accounting standards that provide for different accounting treatment for similar transactions. The preparation of consolidated financial statements 
also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts we report as assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and affect 
the related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the 
circumstances. In many instances, we could reasonably use different accounting estimates, and in some instances changes in the accounting 
estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, our actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made 
by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to 
understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and 
estimates.  

Recognition of Revenues  

Revenues consist primarily of revenues from the sale of hardware and management tools, as well as the related implied PCS. We recognize 
revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and the collectability 
of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. In cases where we lack evidence that collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably 
assured, we defer recognition of revenue until the receipt of cash.  

For our sales, evidence of the arrangement consists of an order from a customer. We consider delivery to have occurred once our products have 
been shipped and title and risk of loss have been transferred. For our sales, these criteria are met at the time the products are transferred to the 
customer. Our arrangements with customers do not include provisions for cancellation, returns, inventory swaps or refunds that would 
significantly impact recognized revenues.  

We record amounts billed to distributors for shipping and handling costs as revenues. We classify shipping and handling costs incurred by us as 
cost of revenues.  

46  

   
Table of Contents  

Deposit payments received from distributors in advance of recognition of revenues are included in current liabilities on our balance sheet and are 
recognized as revenues when all the criteria for recognition of revenues are met.  

Our multi-element arrangements generally include two deliverables. The first deliverable is the hardware and software essential to the 
functionality of the hardware device delivered at the time of sale. The second deliverable is the implied right to PCS included with the purchase 
of certain products. PCS is the right to receive, on a when and if available basis, future unspecified software upgrades and features relating to the 
product’s essential software as well as bug fixes, email and telephone support.  

We use a hierarchy to determine the allocation of revenues to the deliverables. The hierarchy is as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence 
of fair value (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (“BESP”).  

(i)  VSOE generally exists only when a company sells the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by the company for 

that deliverable. Generally we do not sell the deliverables separately and, as such, do not have VSOE. 

(ii)  TPE can be substantiated by determining the price that other parties sell similar or substantially similar offerings. We do not believe 

that there is accessible TPE evidence for similar deliverables. 

(iii)  BESP reflects our best estimates of what the selling prices of elements would be if they were sold regularly on a stand-alone basis. 

We believe that BESP is the most appropriate methodology for determining the allocation of revenues among the multiple elements. 

We have allocated revenues between these two deliverables using the relative selling price method which is based on the BESP for all 
deliverables. Revenues allocated to the delivered hardware and the related essential software are recognized at the time of sale provided the other 
conditions for recognition of revenues have been met. Revenues allocated to the PCS are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over 
the estimated life of each of these devices which currently is two years. All costs of revenues, including estimated warranty costs, are recognized 
at the time of sale. Costs for research and development and sales and marketing are expensed as incurred. If the estimated life of the hardware 
product should change, the future rate of amortization of the revenues allocated to PCS would also change.  

Our process for determining BESP for deliverables involves multiple factors that may vary depending upon the unique facts and circumstances 
related to each deliverable. For PCS, we believe our network operators and service providers would be reluctant to pay for such services 
separately. This view is primarily based on the fact that unspecified upgrade rights do not obligate us to provide upgrades at a particular time or 
at all, and do not specify to network operators and service providers which upgrades or features will be delivered. We believe that the relatively 
low prices of our products and our network operators, and service providers’ price sensitivity would add to their reluctance to pay for PCS. 
Therefore, we have concluded that if we were to sell PCS on a stand-alone basis, the selling price would be relatively low.  

Key factors considered by us in developing the BESP for PCS include reviewing the activities of specific employees engaged in support and 
software development to determine the amount of time that is allocated to the development of the undelivered elements, determining the cost of 
this development effort, and then adding an appropriate level of gross profit to these costs.  

Inventory  

Our inventories are primarily raw materials, which we have consigned to our contract manufacturers, and to a lesser extent, finished goods. Our 
inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value on a first-in, first-out basis. We reduce the value of our inventory for estimated 
obsolescence or lack of marketability by the difference between the cost of the affected inventory and the estimated market value. Allowances, 
once established, are not reversed until the related inventory has been subsequently sold or scrapped.  

47  

   
   
   
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Product Warranties  

We offer warranties on certain products and record a liability for the estimated future costs associated with potential warranty claims. These 
warranty costs are reflected in our consolidated statement of operations within cost of revenues. Our warranties are in effect for 12 months from 
the distributors’ purchase date of the product. Our estimates of future warranty costs are largely based on historical experience of product failure 
rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures. Our operating results could be materially and adversely 
affected if future warranty claims exceed historical experiences and we are not able to recover costs from our contract manufacturers.  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  

We record an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated probable losses on uncollectible accounts receivable. In estimating the allowance, 
management considers, among other factors, the aging of the accounts receivable, our historical write offs, the credit worthiness of each 
distributor based on payment history and general economic conditions.  

Income Taxes  

We account for income taxes in accordance with accounting guidance which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the 
expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in our financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are determined based on the temporary difference between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their 
respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in 
which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred 
tax assets to the amount we expect to realize. The assessment of whether or not a valuation allowance is required often requires significant 
judgment including current operating results, the forecast of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning initiatives.  

In addition, our calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We may be 
subject to income tax audits in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate and, as a result, must also assess exposures to any potential issues 
arising from current or future audits of current and prior years’ tax returns. Accordingly, we must assess such potential exposures and, where 
necessary, provide a reserve to cover any expected loss. To the extent that we establish a reserve, our provision for income taxes would be 
increased. We review our potential liabilities periodically and, if necessary, record an additional charge in our provision for taxes in the period in 
which we determine that tax liability is greater than our original estimate. If we ultimately determine that payment of these amounts is 
unnecessary, we reverse the liability and recognize a tax benefit during the period in which we determine that the liability is no longer necessary. 

Stock-based Compensation  

We record stock-based awards at fair value as of the grant date and recognize expense ratably on a straight-line basis over the requisite service 
period, which is generally the vesting term of the awards. We estimate the fair value of stock option awards on the grant date using the Black-
Scholes option pricing model. Restricted stock units are valued based on the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. We adopted the 
above guidance using the modified prospective transition method. Under this transition method, the new fair value recognition provisions are 
applied to option grants on and after July 1, 2005. We expense all stock-based awards granted or modified after July 1, 2005 on a straight-line 
basis.  

For grants made since January 1, 2010, we obtained contemporaneous valuation analyses prepared by an unrelated third party valuation firm in 
order to assist us in determining the fair value of our common stock. The initial contemporaneous valuation report valued our common stock as 
of April 30, 2010 and we received the most recent contemporaneous valuation report as of July 31, 2011. Prior to January 1, 2010, we obtained 
retrospective analyses prepared by the same valuation firm in order to assist us in determining the fair value of  

48  

   
Table of Contents  

our common stock as of June 30, 2009. After January 1, 2010, our board of directors has considered these reports when determining the fair 
value of our common stock and related exercise prices of option awards on the date such awards were granted.  

These third party valuations were also used for purposes of determining the Black-Scholes fair value of our stock option awards and related 
stock-based compensation expense. Beginning with our initial public offering on October 14, 2011, the fair value of our common stock is 
determined using the market price of our common stock as of the date of grant.  

Repurchase of Common Stock and Options and Sale of Series A Preferred Stock  

In March 2010, we entered into a Stock Purchase and Recapitalization Agreement with entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P., certain of 
our stockholders and certain of our optionees pursuant to which we repurchased shares of our common stock and vested options to acquire shares 
of our common stock from our stockholders and optionees and issued shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock, or the Series A shares, 
to entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. Upon the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase and Recapitalization 
Agreement, we simultaneously repurchased an aggregate of 33,104,320 shares of our common stock at $2.95 per share from certain of our 
employees and consultants and repurchased and subsequently cancelled options to purchase an aggregate of 794,660 shares of our common stock 
for $2.95 per share from our employees and we issued an aggregate of 33,898,990 Series A shares and warrants to purchase an additional 
2,135,640 Series A shares.  

We determined by way of historical valuation that the fair market value of each share of our common stock outstanding and subject to 
outstanding options that we repurchased was $1.89, or $1.06 per share less than the per share repurchase price. As each person from whom we 
repurchased common stock or options was our employee or consultant, at the time of the repurchase or prior to that time, we recorded 
approximately $35.9 million as compensation expense, which represented the excess of the aggregate repurchase price over the aggregate fair 
value per share.  

Each Series A share was convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of our common stock on a one for one basis, subject to adjustment 
for future dilutive issuances, splits, consolidations and the like. From the initial date of issuance of our Series A preferred stock in March 2010, 
the holders of our Series A shares were entitled to receive cumulative dividends at an annual rate of 4% of the original purchase price per share, 
plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends. On January 10, 2011 we amended our certificate of incorporation. At such time, we paid a onetime 
dividend of (i) $0.08 per share issued on March 2, 2010 to holders of our Series A shares and (ii) $0.05 per share for each other share of our 
Series A preferred stock as consideration for all cumulative dividends from the initial date of issuance until November 19, 2010. After 
January 10, 2011, the holder of each Series A share is entitled to receive cumulative dividends of 4% of the original purchase price per share 
from January 10, 2011 through the payment date only upon the redemption of the Series A shares, the liquidation of our company for less than 
$2.95 per share or upon our default of certain contractual agreements with the holders of the Series A shares.  

We accounted for the deemed dividends using the two class method and, as a result, our net income available to common stockholders was 
reduced by approximately $896,000, $4.3 million and $1.3 million for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively.  

The Series A shares were redeemable under certain circumstances, at the option of the holders. The redemption features of our Series A shares 
required us to classify the Series A shares as a security outside stockholders’ equity and to record accretion related to the redemption rights until 
such time as the Series A shares were converted to common stock or redeemed. Upon the conversion of the Series A shares to common stock, 
the aggregate accretion was reclassified in stockholders’ equity as common stock and additional paid-in capital. All outstanding Series A shares 
were converted into shares of common stock in connection with our initial public offering in October 2011.  

49  

   
Table of Contents  

Results of Operations  

Comparison of Years Ended June 30, 2012 and 2011  

Revenues  
Cost of revenues 
Gross profit  
Operating expenses:  

(1) 

Research and development 
Sales, general and administrative 
Total operating expenses  

(1) 

(1)(2) 

Income from operations  
Interest income (expense) and other, net  
Income before provision for income taxes  
Provision for income taxes  
Net income  

*        Less than 1%  
(1) 

        Includes stock-based compensation as follows:  

Cost of revenues  
Research and development  
Sales, general and administrative  

Total stock-based compensation  

(2) 

        Includes a gain from a trademark coexistence agreement as follows:      

Revenues  

Years Ended June 30, 

2012 

2011 

(In thousands, except percentages) 

  100 %   
   57 %   
   43 %   

   5 %   
   3 %   
   8 %   
   35 %   
   *      
   35 %   
   6 %   
   29 %   

$ 353,517      
  202,514      
  151,003      

   16,699      
9,012      
   25,711      
  125,292      
(1,269 )    
  124,023      
   21,434      
$ 102,589      

$ 

117      
542      
834      
$  1,493      
$  (1,500 )    

  100 % 
   59 % 
   41 % 

   6 % 
   4 % 
   10 % 
   31 % 
   *    
   31 % 
   6 % 
   25 % 

$ 197,874       
  117,062       
   80,812       

   11,374       
7,358       
   18,732       
   62,080       
79       
   62,159       
   12,432       
$  49,727       

$ 

$ 
$ 

30       
285       
637       
952       
—      

Revenues increased $155.6 million, or 79%, from $197.9 million in fiscal 2011 to $353.5 million in fiscal 2012. During fiscal 2012, the increase 
in revenues was due to higher unit volumes shipped, primarily attributable to the success of our systems products, most notably our airMAX 
platform. Although we cannot quantify the impact with any certainty, during fiscal 2012 we believe we experienced lost sales due to counterfeit 
goods. Although we have taken comprehensive legal actions to stop counterfeiters and minimize the impact of their activities, we believe that the 
amount of counterfeited goods, combined with the impact it has on our distributor’s inventory and the purchasing patterns of our customers, will 
negatively impact our revenues during fiscal 2013. Should we be unsuccessful in stopping the counterfeiting efforts or if new counterfeited 
products are introduced, our sales in the longer term will also be negatively impacted.  

In fiscal 2012, revenues from Flytec and Streakwave represented 16% and 10%, respectively, of our revenues. In fiscal 2011, Flytec and 
Streakwave represented 20% and 15% of our revenues, respectively. No other distributor or customer represented more than 10% of our 
revenues in fiscal 2012 or fiscal 2011.  

50  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
 
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
 
   
 
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
Table of Contents  

Revenues by Product Type  

airMAX  
New platforms  
Other systems  
Systems  

Embedded radio  
Antennas/other  

Total revenues  

Years Ended June 30, 

2012 

2011 

(In thousands, except percentages) 

$ 223,743       
   29,465       
   52,086       
  305,294       
   10,056       
   38,167       
$ 353,517       

   63 %   
   8 %   
   15 %   
   86 %   
   3 %   
   11 %   
  100 %   

$ 113,001       
2,513       
   44,884       
  160,398       
   14,762       
   22,714       
$ 197,874       

   57 % 
   1 % 
   23 % 
   81 % 
   7 % 
   12 % 
  100 %  

Systems revenues increased $144.9 million, or 90%, from $160.4 million fiscal 2011 to $305.3 million in fiscal 2012. The increase in systems 
revenues was primarily driven by rapid adoption of our airMAX platform, which we introduced in early fiscal 2010. Our new platforms 
category, which includes significant platforms introduced in late fiscal 2011 and during 2012, contributed $29.5 million and $2.5 million of 
revenue in fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our other systems revenue increased $7.2 million during fiscal 2012 as compared to fiscal 2011, 
primarily due to a specific customer network expansion during the quarter ending December 31, 2011.  

Embedded radio revenues decreased by $4.7 million from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2012. We anticipate that embedded radio products will decline in 
future periods as sales of these products are outpaced by sales of systems products.  

Antennas/other revenues increased $15.5 million, or 68%, from $22.7 million in fiscal 2011 to $38.2 million in fiscal 2012. A primary driver of 
growth in antennas/other revenues was the broadening of our systems platforms, which drove demand for associated antennas. Antennas/other 
revenues also increased due to the growing sales of accessories purchased in connection with deployment of new systems, such as cables. Other 
revenues also include revenues that are attributable to PCS. We anticipate that antenna/other revenues will continue to increase in absolute 
dollars in future periods but will decline as a percentage of total revenues due to more rapid growth of systems revenues.  

Revenues by Geography  

We generally deliver product directly from our manufacturers to freight companies in Hong Kong, which have been retained by our customers 
and who in turn ship to other locations throughout the world. We have determined the geographical distribution of our product revenues based 
on ship-to destinations. A majority of our sales are to distributors who in turn sell to resellers or directly to end customers. As a result of these 
factors, we believe that sales to certain geographic locations might be higher or lower, as the ultimate destinations are difficult to ascertain. The 
increase in revenues in absolute dollars across all regions was primarily driven by the success of our systems products, most notably our airMAX 
product line.  

The following are our revenues by geography for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011.  

North America  
South America  
Europe, the Middle East and Africa  
Asia Pacific  

Total revenues  

Years Ended June 30, 

2012 

2011 

(In thousands, except percentages) 

$  88,309       
   88,325       
  130,494       
   46,389       
$ 353,517       

   25 %   
   25 %   
   37 %   
   13 %   
  100 %   

$  61,920       
   50,824       
   68,297       
   16,833       
$ 197,874       

   31 % 
   26 % 
   35 % 
   8 % 
  100 % 

51  

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin  

Cost of revenues increased $85.5 million, or 73%, from $117.1 million in fiscal 2011 to $202.5 million in fiscal 2012. Gross margin increased 
from 41% in fiscal 2011 to 43% in fiscal 2012. The increase in gross margins reflected a high level of revenue growth across a non-inventory 
cost of sales base that only saw a slight increase, and an increased focus on managing supply chain costs.  

Operating Expenses  

Research and Development  

Research and development expenses increased $5.3 million, or 47%, from $11.4 million in fiscal 2011 to $16.7 million in fiscal 2012. However, 
as a percentage of revenues, research and development expenses decreased from 6% in fiscal 2011 to 5% in fiscal 2012. The increase in research 
and development expenses in absolute dollars in was due to increases in headcount and related expenses as we broadened our research and 
development activities to new product areas. As a percentage of revenues research and development expenses decreased due to our overall 
revenue growth. Over time, we expect our research and development costs to increase in absolute dollars as we continue making significant 
investments in developing new products and developing new versions of our existing products.  

Sales, General and Administrative  

Sales, general and administrative expenses increased $1.7 million, or 22%, from $7.4 million in fiscal 2011 to $9.0 million in fiscal 2012. As a 
percentage of revenues, sales, general and administrative expenses decreased from 4% in fiscal 2011 to 3% in fiscal 2012. Sales, general and 
administrative expenses increased slightly due to increased personnel costs and increased costs associated with our being and the preparation to 
be a public company. However, as a percentage of revenues sales, general and administrative expenses decreased slightly due to our overall 
revenue growth. Additionally, during fiscal 2012 we had a gain of $1.5 million related to a trademark coexistence agreement which the 
Company included as a reduction to its general and administrative expenses. Over time, we expect our sales, general and administrative expenses 
to increase in absolute dollars due to continued growth in headcount to support our business and operations as a public company.  

Interest Income (Expense) and Other, Net  

Interest income (expense) and other, net was ($1.3) million for fiscal 2012, representing a decrease of $1.3 million from interest income 
(expense) and other, net of $79,000 for fiscal 2011. The decrease was primarily due to interest expense accrued on our convertible subordinated 
promissory notes issued as part of the repurchase of Series A convertible preferred stock from entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. in 
July 2011 and interest expense accrued on our term loan agreement with East West Bank which we entered into in September 2011.  

Provision for Income Taxes  

Our provision for income taxes increased $9.0 million, or 72%, from $12.4 million for fiscal 2011 to $21.4 million for fiscal 2012 related to 
increased levels of profitability. Our effective tax rate decreased to 17% for fiscal 2012 as compared to 20% for fiscal 2011 primarily due to 
increased sales in foreign tax jurisdictions with lower income tax rates. We do not expect any significant increases or decreases to our 
unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months.  

52  

   
Table of Contents  

Comparison of Years Ended June 30, 2011 and 2010  

Revenues  
Cost of revenues 
Gross profit  
Operating expenses:  

(1) 

Research and development 
Sales, general and administrative 
Total operating expenses  

(1) 

(1)(2) 

Income from operations  
Interest income and other, net  
Income before provision for income taxes  
Provision for income taxes  
Net income (loss)  

*  Less than 1% 

(1) 

        Includes stock-based compensation as follows:  

Cost of revenues  
Research and development  
Sales, general and administrative  

Total stock-based compensation  

(2) 

        Includes a charge for an export compliance matter as follows:  

Revenues  

  100 % 
   60 % 
   40 % 

   23 % 
   13 % 
   36 % 
   4 %  
   *    
   4  % 
   8  % 
   (4 )%  

2011 

Years Ended June 30, 

2010 

$ 197,874       
  117,062       
   80,812       

(In thousands, except percentages) 
$ 136,952      
   82,404      
   54,548      

  100 %   
   59 %   
   41 %   

   11,374       
7,358       
   18,732       
   62,080       
79       
   62,159       
   12,432       
$  49,727       

   6 %   
   4 %   
   10 %   
   31 %   
   *      
   31 %   
   6 %   
   25 %   

   31,704      
   18,162      
   49,866      
4,682      
581      
5,263      
   10,719      
$  (5,456  )   

$  30       
  285       
  637       
$ 952       
$ —         

$ 
124    
  26,221    
   9,814    
$ 36,159    
$  1,625    

Revenues increased $60.9 million, or 44%, from $137.0 million in fiscal 2010 to $197.9 million in fiscal 2011. During fiscal 2011, the increase 
in revenues was primarily attributable to the success of our systems products, most notably our airMAX product line. Increases in revenues from 
fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011 were also attributable to higher unit volume.  

In fiscal 2010, revenues from Flytec and Streakwave represented 17% and 13%, respectively, of our revenues. In fiscal 2011, Flytec and 
Streakwave represented 20% and 15% of our revenues, respectively. No other distributor or customer represented more than 10% of our 
revenues in fiscal 2010 or fiscal 2011.  

53  

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
      
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
   
  
   
 
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
 
   
 
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
Table of Contents  

Revenues by Product Type  

airMAX  
New platforms  
Other systems  
Systems  

Embedded radio  
Antennas/other  

Total revenues  

2011 

Years Ended June 30, 

2010 

(In thousands, except percentages) 

$ 113,001       
2,513       
   44,884       
  160,398       
   14,762       
   22,714       
$ 197,874       

   57 %   
   1 %   
   23 %   
   81 %   
   7 %   
   12 %   
  100 %   

$  37,525       
   —         
   75,368       
  112,893       
   14,047       
   10,012       
$ 136,952       

   27 % 
  —   %  
   55 % 
   82 % 
   10 % 
   8 % 
  100 %  

Systems revenues increased $47.5 million, or 42%, from $112.9 million in fiscal 2010 to $160.4 million in fiscal 2011. The increase in systems 
revenues was driven by rapid adoption of our airMAX product line, which we introduced in early fiscal 2010, partially offset by a decline in our 
other systems revenues. Our new platforms category, which includes significant platforms introduced in late fiscal 2011, contributed $2.5 
million of revenue in fiscal 2011.  

Antennas/other revenues increased $12.7 million, or 127%, from $10.0 million in fiscal 2010 to $22.7 million in fiscal 2011. A primary driver of 
growth in antennas/other revenues was the broadening of our systems product lines, which drove demand for associated antennas. 
Antennas/other revenues also increased due to the growing sales of accessories purchased in connection with deployment of new systems, such 
as cables. Other revenues also include revenues that are attributable to PCS.  

Revenues by Geography  

The increase in revenues in absolute dollars across all regions was primarily driven by the success of our systems products, most notably our 
airMAX product line. The following are our revenues by geography for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010.  

North America  
South America  
Europe, the Middle East and Africa  
Asia Pacific  

Total revenues  

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin  

2011 

Years Ended June 30, 

2010 

(In thousands, except percentages) 

$  61,920       
   50,824       
   68,297       
   16,833       
$ 197,874       

   31 %   
   26 %   
   35 %   
   8 %   
  100 %   

$  56,995       
   13,520       
   55,089       
   11,348       
$ 136,952       

   42 % 
   10 % 
   40 % 
   8 % 
  100 % 

Cost of revenues increased $34.7 million, or 42%, from $82.4 million in fiscal 2010 to $117.1 million in fiscal 2011, primarily due to growth in 
revenues and changes in product mix from embedded radios to our systems products. Gross margin remained relatively stable and was 40% and 
41% in fiscal 2010 and 2011, respectively, reflecting the fact that a substantial majority of our revenues was from systems products. We believe 
that our gross margins have largely stabilized and do not expect substantial additional fluctuations in gross margins in the near term.  

54  

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
      
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
      
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Operating Expenses  

Research and Development  

Research and development expenses decreased $20.3 million, or 64%, from $31.7 million in fiscal 2010 to $11.4 million in fiscal 2011. 
Research and development expense in fiscal 2010 included $26.2 million of stock-based compensation resulting from the Summit transaction in 
March 2010. Excluding the effect of the Summit transaction, research and development costs increased $5.9 million, or 106%, from $5.5 million 
in fiscal 2010 to $11.4 million in the fiscal 2011. Excluding the compensation expense related to the Summit transaction, as a percentage of 
revenues, research and development expenses increased from 4% in fiscal 2010 to 6% in fiscal 2011. These increases in research and 
development expenses were due to increases in headcount as we broadened our research and development activities to new product areas. Over 
time, we expect our research and development costs to increase as we continue making significant investments in developing new products and 
developing new versions of our existing products.  

Sales, General and Administrative  

Sales, general and administrative expenses decreased $10.8 million, or 59%, from $18.2 million in fiscal 2010 to $7.4 million in fiscal 2011. 
Sales, general and administrative expense in fiscal 2010 included $9.6 million of stock-based compensation resulting from the Summit 
transaction in March 2010 and a $1.6 million charge related to an export compliance matter. Excluding the effect of the Summit transaction and 
the export compliance matter, sales, general and administrative costs increased $406,000, or 6%, from $7.0 million in fiscal 2010 to $7.4 million 
in fiscal 2011. Excluding the stock-based compensation expense related to the Summit transaction and the charge related to an export 
compliance matter, as a percentage of revenues, sales, general and administrative expenses decreased from 5% in fiscal 2010 to 4% in fiscal 
2011. Excluding the effects of the Summit transaction and the export compliance matter, sales, general and administrative expenses increased 
slightly due to increased personnel costs and increased costs associated with our preparation to be a public company. However, as a percentage 
of revenues sales, general and administrative expenses decreased slightly due to our overall revenue growth. Over time, we expect our sales, 
general and administrative expenses increase in absolute dollars due to continued growth in headcount to support our business and operations as 
a public company.  

Provision for Income Taxes  

Our provision for income taxes increased $1.7 million, or 16%, from $10.7 million for fiscal 2010 to $12.4 million for fiscal 2011. Our effective 
tax rate for fiscal 2010 was 204% as compared to 20% for fiscal 2011. Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2010 was largely impacted by non-
deductible stock-based compensation expense incurred pursuant to the Summit transaction in March 2010. Exclusive of the impact of the 
Summit transaction and a charge for an export compliance matter, our effective tax rate declined from 25% for fiscal 2010 to 20% for fiscal 2011 
due to more taxable income being generated in foreign jurisdictions that have lower tax rates than the U.S.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

Since inception, our operations primarily have been funded through cash generated by operations, the sale of redeemable convertible preferred 
stock and the sale of common stock in our initial public offering. We had cash and cash equivalents of $122.1 million, $76.4 million and $28.4 
million at June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the 
next 12 months. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including 
our rate of revenue growth, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the timing of new product introductions, market 
acceptance of  

55  

   
Table of Contents  

our products and overall economic conditions. As of June 30, 2012, we held $102.8 million of our $122.1 million of cash and cash equivalents in 
accounts of our subsidiaries outside of the United States and we will incur significant tax liabilities if we decide to repatriate those amounts.  

On September 15, 2011, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with East West Bank, (the “EWB Loan Agreement”). The EWB Loan 
Agreement consists of a $35.0 million term loan facility and a $5.0 million revolving line of credit facility. The term loan matures on 
September 15, 2016 with principal and interest to be repaid in 60 monthly installments.  

Additionally, on August 7, 2012, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with U.S. Bank, as syndication agent, 
and East West Bank, as administrative agent, which replaced the EWB Loan Agreement discussed above. The Loan Agreement provides for (i) a 
$50.0 million revolving credit facility, with a $5.0 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit and a $5.0 million sublimit for the making 
of swingline loan advances (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), and (ii) a $50.0 million term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”). We may 
request borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility until August 7, 2015. On August 7, 2012, we borrowed an additional $20.8 million of 
term loans under the Term Loan Facility.  

On August 9, 2012, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $100 million of our common stock. The share 
repurchase program commenced Monday, August 13, 2012. The share repurchase program will be funded from existing cash on hand and from 
the proceeds from the Loan Agreement as discussed above.  

The following table sets forth the major components of our consolidated statements of cash flows data for the periods presented:  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities  
Net cash used in investing activities  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents  

2012 

$ 81,788      
   (3,310 )    
  (32,779 )    
$ 45,699      

Years Ended June 30, 
2011 
(In thousands) 
$ 62,842      
(479 )   
  (14,417 )   
$ 47,946      

2010 

$ (25,985 ) 
(615 ) 
   41,341    
$ 14,741    

Cash Flows from Operating Activities  

Net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2012 of $81.8 million consisted primarily of net income of $102.6 million offset by changes in 
operating assets and liabilities. These changes consisted primarily of a $36.6 million increase in accounts receivable due to our overall revenue 
growth and slower payment patterns from our customers, a $16.5 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to increased 
overall business activity, a $9.5 million increase in taxes payable due to our higher profitability, a $3.7 million decrease in prepaid expenses and 
other current assets due primarily to decreased deposits with our vendors and a $2.3 million increase in inventories related to increases in our 
overall business activity. Additionally, our net income included non-cash adjustments due to stock-based compensation, depreciation and 
amortization, adjustments to our provisions for doubtful accounts and inventory obsolescence and an excess tax benefit from stock-based 
awards. The net of these non-cash adjustments resulted in a reduction of our net cash provided by operating activities of $11.6 million.  

Net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2011 of $63.0 million increased from cash used in operating activities of $26.0 million in 
fiscal 2010. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities resulted from net income of $49.7 million and increases in operating assets 
and liabilities of $13.2 million in fiscal 2011. Changes in operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of a $20.3 million increase in 
accounts payable and accrued liabilities, a $5.9 million increase in accounts receivable, a $1.3 million increase in taxes payable, a  

56  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
     
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

$1.1 million increase in inventories, a $715,000 increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets and a net decrease of $810,000 in deferred 
revenues and deferred cost of revenues.  

Cash used in operating activities of $26.0 million in fiscal 2010 declined substantially from cash provided by operating activities of $7.3 million 
in fiscal 2009. The decline in cash used in operating activities resulted from our net loss of $5.5 million, net noncash charges and credits of 
$453,000 and a net increase in operating assets and liabilities of $21.0 million. Noncash charges and credits primarily consisted of an $800,000 
charge for bad debt expense, offset by a $645,000 credit for deferred taxes. Excluding the $35.9 million charge related to the Summit transaction, 
we would have generated $9.9 million of cash from operating activities in fiscal 2010. Changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily 
consisted of $29.5 million increase in accounts receivable, a $10.1 million increase in deferred revenues offset by an increase in deferred cost of 
revenues of $5.9 million, a $7.9 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, a $4.1 million increase in inventories, a $1.6 million 
increase in income taxes payable and a $1.0 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.  

Cash Flows from Investing Activities  

Our investing activities consist solely of capital expenditures. Capital expenditures for fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $3.3 million, $479,000 
and $615,000, respectively.  

Cash Flows from Financing Activities  

We used $32.8 million of cash in financing activities during fiscal 2012. In July 2011, we repurchased an aggregate of 12,041,700 shares of our 
Series A preferred stock from entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P., one of our major stockholders, at a price of $8.97 per share for an 
aggregate consideration of $108.0 million. Of the aggregate purchase price, $40.0 million was paid in cash at the time of closing and the balance 
of the shares were paid for through the issuance of convertible subordinated promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $68.0 million. 
The $68.0 million was paid down primarily using proceeds from the term loan we executed with East West Bank on September 15, 2011 and 
funds raised upon the completion of our initial public offering on October 19, 2011.  

On September 15, 2011, we entered into the EWB Loan Agreement, which consists of a $35.0 million term loan facility and a $5.0 million 
revolving line of credit facility. We used $34.0 million of the term loan to repay a portion of our outstanding convertible subordinated 
promissory notes held by entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. During fiscal 2012, we paid down the loan balance by $5.3 million.  

On October 19, 2011, we completed an initial public offering whereby we sold 2,395,328 shares and selling stockholders sold 4,642,902 shares 
of our common stock. During the six months ended December 31, 2011, we received net proceeds of $32.6 million after deducting the 
underwriting fees and commissions and other offering expenses.  

During fiscal 2012, we received $811,000 in cash from stock option exercises, paid $1.4 million related to employee tax withholdings on net 
share settlements of restricted stock units and had an excess tax benefit from stock-based awards of $13.8 million.  

We used $14.4 million of cash in financing activities during fiscal 2011. During fiscal 2011, we entered into a stock purchase agreement to 
repurchase 2,975,590 shares of common stock from three stockholders for total consideration of $7.3 million. In fiscal 2011, we also 
repurchased and subsequently cancelled options to purchase 420,400 shares of our common stock from two of our option holders for aggregate 
consideration of $2.2 million. Additionally, we paid a dividend on our Series A convertible preferred stock of $3.0 million and paid $1.8 million 
in costs related to third party consulting services associated with the offering.  

Our financing activities provided net cash of $41.3 million during fiscal 2010. Net financing activities consisted primarily of proceeds from the 
issuance of Series A preferred stock for $100.0 million from Summit Partners, $500,000 paid for legal and other administrative costs related to 
the closing of the transaction with entities affiliated with Summit Partners, offset by $64.1 million of repurchases of common stock and 
cancellation of  

57  

   
Table of Contents  

options in connection with the issuance of Series A preferred stock. Additionally, proceeds of $6.3 million were provided from the exercise of 
Series A preferred stock warrants issued to entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. and $512,000 was used for the repurchase of common 
stock unrelated to the Summit transaction.  

Stock Split  

In October 2011 we completed a 2.5 for one forward stock split of our common and preferred stock. All share and per share information set forth 
herein has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the split.  

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

We lease our headquarters in San Jose, California and other locations worldwide under noncancelable operating leases that expire at various 
dates through fiscal 2017.  

In July 2011, we entered into an agreement to lease additional office space for our research and development offices in Taiwan. The lease term is 
from July 14, 2011 through July 15, 2016. The premises consist of approximately 10,000 rentable square feet of space. The lease has been 
categorized as an operating lease, and the total lease obligation is approximately $1.6 million.  

In December 2011, we entered into an agreement to lease approximately 64,512 square feet of office and research and development space 
located in San Jose, California, which will be used as our corporate headquarters. The lease term is from April 1, 2012, though June 30, 2017. 
The lease has been categorized as an operating lease, and the total estimated lease obligation is approximately $4.9 million.  

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2012:  

Operating leases  
Debt payment obligations  
Interest payments on debt payment obligations  
Total  

Less Than 1 Year       

$ 

$ 

1,240       
7,000       
730       
8,970       

Payments Due by Period 
1-3 Years       

4-5 years       

(In thousands) 

$  2,759       
  14,000       
882       
$ 17,641       

$  2,540       
   8,750       
160       
$ 11,450       

Over 5 years       

Total 

$  —         
—         
—         
$  —         

$  6,539    
  29,750    
   1,772    
$ 38,061    

We subcontract with other companies to manufacture our products. During the normal course of business, our contract manufacturers procure 
components based upon orders placed by us. If we cancel all or part of the orders, we may still be liable to the contract manufacturers for the cost 
of the components purchased by the subcontractors to manufacture our products. We periodically review the potential liability and to date no 
accruals have been recorded. Our consolidated financial position and results of operations could be negatively impacted if we were required to 
compensate the contract manufacturers for any unrecorded liabilities incurred.  

As of June 30, 2012, we had $8.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits, substantially all of which would, if recognized, affect our tax expense. 
We have elected to include interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of tax expense. We do not expect any 
significant increases or decreases to our unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months.  

Commitments and Contingencies  

In January 2011, the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry (“BIS”) and Security’s Office of Export Enforcement (“OEE”) 
contacted us to request that we provide information related to our relationship with a logistics company in the United Arab Emirates (“UAE”) 
and with a company in Iran, as well as information on the export classification of our products. As a result of this inquiry we, assisted by outside 
counsel, conducted a review of our export transactions from 2008 through March 2011 to not only gather information responsive to the  

58  

   
   
  
   
      
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
      
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

OEE’s request but also to review our overall compliance with export control and sanctions laws. We believe our products have been sold into 
Iran by third parties. We do not believe that we directly sold, exported or shipped our products into Iran or any other country subject to a U.S. 
embargo. However, until early 2010, we did not prohibit our distributors from selling our products into Iran or any other country subject to a 
U.S. embargo. In the course of this review we identified that two distributors may have sold Ubiquiti products into Iran. Our review also found 
that while we had obtained required Commodity Classification Rulings for our products in June 2010 and November 2010, we did not advise our 
shipping personnel to change the export authorizations used on our shipping documents until February 2011. During the course of our export 
control review, we also determined that we had failed to maintain adequate records for the five year period required by the EAR and the 
sanctions regulations due to our lack of infrastructure and because it was prior to our transition to our system of record, NetSuite. See “ Risk 
Factors—We are subject to numerous U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and a substantial majority of our sales are into countries 
outside of the United States. Although we did not intend to do so, we have violated certain of these laws in the past, and we cannot currently 
assess the nature and extent of any fines or other penalties, if any, that U.S. governmental agencies may impose against us or our employees for 
any such violations. Any fines, if materially different from our estimates, or other penalties, could have a material adverse effect on our business 
and financial results. ”  

In May 2011, we filed a self-disclosure with OEE and, in June 2011 we filed one with U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign 
Asset Control (“OFAC”), regarding the compliance issues noted above. The disclosures address the above described findings and the remedial 
actions we have taken to date. However, the findings also indicate that both distributors continued to sell, directly or indirectly, our products into 
Iran during the period from February 2010 through March 2011 and that we received various communications from them indicating that they 
were continuing to do so. Since January 2011, we have cooperated with OEE and, prior to our disclosure filing, we informally shared with the 
OEE the substance of our findings with respect to both distributors. From May 2011 to August 2011, we provided additional information 
regarding our review and our findings to OEE to facilitate its investigation and OEE advised us in August 2011 that it had completed its 
investigation of us. In August 2011, we received a warning letter from OEE stating that OEE had not referred the findings of our review for 
criminal or administrative prosecution of us and closed the investigation of us without penalty.  

OFAC is still reviewing our voluntary disclosure. In our submission, we have provided OFAC with an explanation of the activities that led to the 
sales of our products in Iran and the failure to comply with the EAR and OFAC sanctions. Although our OFAC and OEE voluntary disclosures 
covered similar sets of facts, which led OEE to resolve the case with the issuance of a warning letter, OFAC may conclude that our actions 
resulted in violations of U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and warrant the imposition of penalties that could include fines, 
termination of our ability to export our products and/or referral for criminal prosecution. Any such fines may be material to our financial results 
in the period in which they are imposed. The penalties may be imposed against us and/or our management. The maximum civil monetary penalty 
for the violations is up to $250,000 or twice the value of the transaction, whichever is greater, per violation. Also, disclosure of our conduct and 
any fines or other action relating to this conduct could harm our reputation and indirectly have a material adverse effect on our business. We 
cannot predict when OFAC will complete its review or decide upon the imposition of possible penalties.  

Based on the facts known to us to date, we recorded an expense of $1.6 million for this export compliance matter in fiscal 2010, which 
represents management’s estimated exposure for fines in accordance with applicable accounting literature. Should additional facts be discovered 
in the future and/or should actual fines or other penalties substantially differ from our estimates, our business, financial condition, cash flows and 
results of operations would be materially negatively impacted.  

Warranties and Indemnifications  

Our products are generally accompanied by a 12 month warranty, which covers both parts and labor. Generally the distributor is responsible for 
the freight costs associated with warranty returns, and we absorb the freight costs of replacing items under warranty. In accordance with the 
Financial Accounting Standards Board’s  

59  

   
Table of Contents  

(“FASB’s”), Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”), 450-30, Loss Contingencies, we record an accrual when we believe it is estimable and 
probable based upon historical experience. We record a provision for estimated future warranty work in cost of goods sold upon recognition of 
revenues and we review the resulting accrual regularly and periodically adjust it to reflect changes in warranty estimates.  

We may in the future enter into standard indemnification agreements with many of our distributors and OEMs, as well as certain other business 
partners in the ordinary course of business. These agreements may include provisions for indemnifying the distributor, OEM or other business 
partner against any claim brought by a third party to the extent any such claim alleges that a Ubiquiti product infringes a patent, copyright or 
trademark or violates any other proprietary rights of that third party. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited. The 
maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is not estimable.  

We have agreed to indemnify our directors, officers and certain other employees for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while 
such persons are or were serving at our request in such capacity. We may terminate the indemnification agreements with these persons upon the 
termination of their services with us but termination will not affect claims for indemnification related to events occurring prior to the effective 
date of termination. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited. We have a director and officer insurance policy that 
limits our potential exposure. We believe the fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal. We had not recorded any liabilities for 
these agreements as of June 30, 2012 or 2011.  

Based upon our historical experience and information known as of the date of this report, we do not believe it is likely that we will have 
significant liability for the above indemnities at June 30, 2012.  

Based upon our historical experience and information known as of June 30, 2012, we do not believe it is likely that we will have significant 
liability for the above indemnities at June 30, 2012.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

As of June 30, 2012 and 2011, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements other than those indemnification agreements described above.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

In May 2011 the FASB further amended its guidance related to fair value measurements in order to achieve common fair value measurements 
between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amendments in the updated guidance explain how to measure fair 
value. They do not require additional fair value measurements and are not intended to establish valuation standards or affect valuation practices 
outside of financial reporting. The amendments change the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair 
value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. For many of the requirements, the updated guidance should not result in a 
change in the application of previous fair value measurement guidance. The updated guidance is effective during interim and annual periods 
beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of the amended guidance on January 1, 2012 did not have an impact on our consolidated 
financial statements.  

In June 2011, the FASB updated its guidance related to the presentation of comprehensive income. Under the updated guidance, an entity has the 
option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either 
in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to 
present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other 
comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. The updated guidance eliminates the option to present the components of 
other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The amendments in the updated guidance do not change 
the items  

60  

   
Table of Contents  

that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. In 
December 2011, the FASB further amended its guidance to defer charges related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments indefinitely 
as a result of concerns raised by stakeholders that the new presentation requirements would be difficult for preparers and add unnecessary 
complexity to financial statements. The updated guidance, other than the portion related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments, will 
be effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. 
The updated guidance must be applied retrospectively. We do not expect the adoption of the guidance on July 1, 2012 to have an impact on our 
consolidated financial statements.  

Non-GAAP Financial Measures  

Regulation G, conditions for use of Non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“Non-GAAP”) financial measures, and other SEC 
regulations define and prescribe the conditions for use of certain Non-GAAP financial information. To supplement our consolidated financial 
results presented in accordance with GAAP, we use Non-GAAP financial measures which are adjusted from the most directly comparable 
GAAP financial measures to exclude certain items, as described below. Management believes that these Non-GAAP financial measures reflect 
an additional and useful way of viewing aspects of our operations that, when viewed in conjunction with our GAAP results, provide a more 
comprehensive understanding of the various factors and trends affecting our business and operations. Non-GAAP financial measures used by us 
include net income or loss and diluted net income or loss per share.  

Our Non-GAAP measures primarily exclude stock-based compensation, net of taxes and other special charges and credits. Management believes 
these Non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information regarding our strategic and business decision making, 
internal budgeting, forecasting and resource allocation processes. In addition, these Non-GAAP financial measures facilitate management’s 
internal comparisons to our historical operating results and comparisons to competitors’ operating results.  

We use each of these Non-GAAP financial measures for internal managerial purposes, when providing our financial results and business outlook 
to the public and to facilitate period-to-period comparisons. Management believes that these Non-GAAP measures provide meaningful 
supplemental information regarding our operational and financial performance of current and historical results. Management uses these Non-
GAAP measures for strategic and business decision making, internal budgeting, forecasting and resource allocation processes. In addition, these 
Non-GAAP financial measures facilitate management’s internal comparisons to our historical operating results and comparisons to competitors’ 
operating results.  

The following table shows our Non-GAAP financial measures:  

Non-GAAP net income  
Non-GAAP diluted net income per share of common stock  

2012 

Years Ended June 30, 
2011 
(In thousands, except per share amounts) 

2010 

$ 102,585       
1.09       
$ 

$ 50,298       
$  0.49       

$ 32,023    
$  0.30    

We believe that providing these Non-GAAP financial measures, in addition to the GAAP financial results, are useful to investors because they 
allow investors to see our results “through the eyes” of management as these Non-GAAP financial measures reflect our internal measurement 
processes. Management believes that these Non-GAAP financial measures enable investors to better assess changes in each key element of our 
operating results across different reporting periods on a consistent basis and provides investors with another method for assessing our operating 
results in a manner that is focused on the performance of our ongoing operations.  

61  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
      
      
  
  
   
  
   
   
Table of Contents  

The following table shows a reconciliation of GAAP net income to non-GAAP net income:  

GAAP net income (loss)  
Ordinary course stock-based compensation expense:  

Cost of revenues  
Research and development  
Sales, general and administrative  

Total ordinary course stock-based compensation expense  
Stock-based compensation expense related to the Summit transaction:  

Cost of revenues  
Research and development  
Sales, general and administrative  

Total stock-based compensation expense related to the Summit transaction  

Charge for a regulatory export compliance issue  
Gain from a trademark coexistence agreement  
Tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments  
Non-GAAP net income  
Non-GAAP diluted income per share 
Weighted-average shares used in non-GAAP diluted income per share 

(1) 

(1) 

2012 

Years Ended June 30, 
2011 
(In thousands, except per share amounts) 
$  49,727      

$ 102,589      

2010 

$  (5,456 ) 

117      
542      
834      
1,493      

   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
(1,500 )    
3      
$ 102,585      
$ 
1.09      
   93,762      

30      
285      
637      
952      

   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
(381 )   
$  50,298      
$ 
0.49      
  102,942      

25    
27    
229    
281    

99    
   26,194    
9,585    
   35,878    
1,625    
   —      
(305 ) 
$  32,023    
$ 
0.30    
  105,109    

(1) 

   Non-GAAP diluted net income per share of common stock is calculated using non-GAAP net income excluding stock-based compensation 
and a gain from a trademark coexistence agreement, net of taxes and weighted-average shares outstanding as if Series A preferred stock is 
treated as common stock for the periods presented.  

The following table shows a reconciliation of weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share of common stock-diluted 
to weighted-average shares used in computing non-GAAP diluted net income per share of common stock:  

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share of common stock- diluted  
Weighted average dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock units  
Weighted average shares of Series A preferred stock outstanding  
Weighted-average shares used in computing non-GAAP diluted income per share of common stock  

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  

Interest Rate Sensitivity  

2010 

2012 

Years Ended June 30, 
2011 
(In thousands) 
     83,460          66,907          88,972    
      2,695          —            4,125    
      7,607          36,035          12,012    
     93,762         102,942         105,109    

We have interest rate risk from the LIBOR index that is used to determine the interest rates on our EWB Loan Agreement. Interest will accrue on 
the outstanding principal amount of the term loan at a rate per annum equal to an adjusted LIBOR rate (based on one, two or three month interest 
periods) plus a spread of either 2.50% or 3.00%, which spread shall be determined based on the debt service ratio for the preceding four fiscal 
quarter  

62  

   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
     
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
      
      
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

period. Interest will accrue on the drawn portion of the revolving credit facility at the prime rate plus a spread of 0.25%, provided that such rate 
shall not be less than the one-month adjusted LIBOR rate plus a spread of 1.00%, and will be paid monthly. Based on a sensitivity analysis, as of 
June 30, 2012, an instantaneous and sustained 200-basis-point increase in interest rates affecting our floating rate debt obligations, and assuming 
that we take no counteractive measures, would result in a significant change in net income (loss) before income taxes over the next 12 months.  

We had cash and cash equivalents of $122.1 million and $76.4 million as of June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These amounts were held 
primarily in cash deposits and money market funds. The fair value of our cash and cash equivalents would not be significantly affected by either 
a 10% increase or decrease in interest rates due mainly to the short-term nature of these instruments.  

Foreign Currency Risk  

Most of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore, our revenues are not currently subject to significant foreign currency risk. Our 
operating expenses are denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, and may be subject to fluctuations due 
to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the Chinese Yuan, Lithuanian Lita and Taiwan Dollar. During fiscal 2012 
and 2011, a 10% appreciation or depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the other currencies in which our expenses are 
denominated would not have had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.  

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

The response to this Item is submitted as a separate section of this Form 10-K. See Item 15.  

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Not applicable.  

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our 
disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2011. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 
15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), means controls and other procedures of a company that 
are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is 
recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and 
procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the 
reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal 
executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that 
any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and 
management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the 
evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 30, 2012, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded 
that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.  

We are not yet required to include management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting. We will be required, under 
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among  

63  

   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
fiscal 2013.  

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially 
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.  

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls  

Control systems, no matter how well conceived and operated, are designed to provide a reasonable, but not an absolute, level of assurance that 
the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and 
the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of 
controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Because of the inherent 
limitations in any control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.  

Item 9B.  Other Information 

Not applicable.  

64  

   
   
Table of Contents  

PART III  

Item 10. 

Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

The information required by this Item 10 is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (to 
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of our June 30, 2012 fiscal year end) under the headings “Election of 
Directors – Executive Officers and Directors,” “Corporate Governance,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”  

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (to 
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of our June 30, 2012 fiscal year end) under the headings “Executive 
Compensation,” “Election of Directors—Directors’ Compensation” and “Election of Directors—Compensation Committee Interlocks and 
Insider Participation.”  

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

The information required by this Item 12 with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by 
reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 
120 days of our June 30, 2012 fiscal year end) under the headings “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management Related 
Stockholder Matters.”  

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (to 
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of our June 30, 2012 fiscal year end) under the headings “Certain 
Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Election of Directors—Committees of the Board of Directors.”  

Item 14 . 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (to 
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of our June 30, 2012 fiscal year end) under the headings “Ratification of 
the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Audit and Non-Audit Fees” and “—Audit Committee Pre-Approval 
Policies.”  

65  

   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Item 15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

(a) 1. Financial Statements  

PART IV  

The financial statements filed as part of this report are identified in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 71 of this Form 
10-K.  

2. Financial Statement Schedules  

See Item 15(c) below.  

3. Exhibits  

See Item 15(b) below.  

(b) Exhibits  

The following exhibits are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission. Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. (the “Registrant”) shall furnish copies of exhibits for a reasonable fee (covering the expense of 
furnishing copies) upon request.  

Exhibit  
Number 
  3.1  

  3.2  
  4.1  
  4.2  

  4.3  

10.1  

10.2#  

10.3#  

10.4#  

10.5#  

10.6#  

Description 

Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of 
Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. 

Registration Agreement, dated March 2, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, 
Inc. and certain holders of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.’s capital stock named 
therein. 

Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2010, between Ubiquiti 
Networks, Inc. and certain holders of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.’s capital 
stock named therein. 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and 
its directors and officers. 

Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement 
thereunder. 

Amended and Restated 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement 
thereunder. 

Offer Letter, dated as of May 19, 2011, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. 
and Steve Hanley. 

Employment Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2011, between Ubiquiti 
Networks, Inc. and Benjamin Moore. 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2010, between Ubiquiti 
Networks, Inc. and John Ritchie. 

66  

Incorporated by  
Reference from  
           Form                
S-1 

Incorporated by  
Reference from  
Exhibit Number 
3.2 

Date Filed 
June 17, 2011 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

3.4 

4.1 

4.2 

    June 17, 2011 

    October 3, 2011 

June 17, 2011 

4.3 

June 17, 2011 

10.1 

October 3, 2011 

10.2 

June 17, 2011 

10.3 

June 17, 2011 

10.4 

June 17, 2011 

10.5 

June 17, 2011 

10.6 

    June 17, 2011 

   
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
Incorporated by  
Reference from  
           Form                

Incorporated by  
Reference from  
Exhibit Number 

Date Filed 

S-1 

10.7 

June 17, 2011 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

10.9 

June 17, 2011 

10.10 

June 17, 2011 

10.11 

June 17, 2011 

10.12 

June 17, 2011 

10.13 

June 17, 2011 

10.14 

    September 16, 2011 

10-Q 

10.15 

    November 14, 2011 

10-Q/A 

10.16 

    March 20, 2012 

10-Q 

10.17 

May 2, 2012 

8-K 

10.1 

    August 13, 2012 

Table of Contents  

Exhibit  
Number 

10.7#  

10.8  

10.9  

10.10  

10.11  

10.12†  

10.13†  

10.14  

10.15  

10.16  

10.17#  

10.18  

21.1  
23.1  
24.1  
31.1  

  31.2  

Description 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2010, between Ubiquiti 
Networks, Inc. and John Sanford. 

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2012, between 
Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Jessica Zhou. 

Non-Residential Property Lease Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, 
between UAB “Devint” and Tomas Grébliúnas, Tomas Skučas, and 
Vygante Skučiené. 

Jinyong Ji Investment Taiwan Lease, dated as of March 16, 2010, 
between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Jinyong Ji Investment Co., Ltd. 

Lease, dated as of July 9, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and 
The Welsh Office Center LLC. 

Amended Technology License Agreement, dated as of September 1, 
2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Atheros Communications, 
Inc. 

OEM Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2006, between Ubiquiti 
Networks, Inc. and Lite-On Technology Corp. 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011, 
between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and East West Bank. 

Taiwan Lease, dated as of July 20, 2011, between Jin Yeoung Ji Co., 
Ltd. and Ubiquiti Networks International Limited, Taiwan Branch. 

Office Lease, dated as of December 8, 2011 and executed on 
December 22, 2011, by and between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Carr 
NP Properties, L.L.C. 

Separation and Release Agreement between Steve Hanley and Ubiquiti 
Networks, Inc. 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012, by and 
among Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., the lenders from time to time party 
thereto, U.S. Bank, as Syndication Agent, and East West Bank, as 
Administrative Agent 

    List of subsidiaries of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. 

    Consent of independent registered public accounting firm 

Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this Form 10-K)   

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required Under Rule 13a-
14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended. 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required Under Rule 13a-
14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended. 

67  

   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
Table of Contents  

Exhibit  
Number 

  32.1~  

Description 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer 
Required Under Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, and 18 U.S.C. §1350. 

101.INS(*)       XBRL Instance Document 
101.SCH(*)      XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 
101.CAL(*)      XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 
101.DEF(*)      XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 
101.LAB(*)      XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 
101.PRE(*)      XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

Incorporated by  
Reference from  
           Form                

Incorporated by  
Reference from  
Exhibit Number 

Date 
Filed 

~ 

#  Management contracts or compensation plans or arrangements in which directors or executive officers are eligible to participate. 
† 

Portions of the exhibit have been omitted pursuant to an order granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission for confidential 
treatment. 
In accordance with Item 601(b)(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K and SEC Release No. 33-8238 and 34-47986, Final Rule: Management’s Reports 
on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Certification of Disclosure in Exchange Act Periodic Reports, the certifications furnished 
in Exhibit 32.1 hereto are deemed to accompany this Form 10-K and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the 
Exchange Act. Such certifications will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filings under the Securities Act or the 
Exchange Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference. 

(*)  XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus 

for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not otherwise subject to liability under these Sections. 

(c) Financial Statement Schedules.  

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because they are not applicable or required, or the information required to be set forth therein 
is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.  

68  

   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

SIGNATURES  

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be 
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

Date: September 28, 2012  

Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. 

/s/    Robert J. Pera  
Robert J. Pera  
Chief Executive Officer and Director  
(Principal Executive Officer)  

/s/    John Ritchie  
John Ritchie  
Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)  

69  

   
   
Table of Contents  

POWER OF ATTORNEY  

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Robert J. Pera and John 
Ritchie and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in 
his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, 
with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto said attorneys-
in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, 
as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and 
agents, or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the 
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Signature 
/s/    Robert J. Pera  
Robert J. Pera  

/s/    John Ritchie  
John Ritchie  

/s/    Peter Y. Chung  
Peter Y. Chung  

/s/    Charles J. Fitzgerald  
Charles J. Fitzgerald  

/s/    John L. Ocampo  
John L. Ocampo  

/s/    Robert M. Van Buskirk  
Robert M. Van Buskirk  

/s/    J. William Gurley   
J. William Gurley  

Title 

Date 

Chief Executive Officer and Director  
(Principal Executive Officer)  

Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)  

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

70  

September 28, 2012 

September 28, 2012 

September 28, 2012 

September 28, 2012 

September 28, 2012 

September 28, 2012 

September 28, 2012 

   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Balance Sheets  
Consolidated Statements of Operations  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

71  

Page   
  72    

  73    

  74    

  75    

  76    

  77    

   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of  
Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.  

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity 

(deficit) and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and its subsidiaries at June 30, 
2012 and June 30, 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2012 in 
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement 
schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in 
conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility 
of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based 
on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  

San Jose, California  
September 28, 2012  

72  

   
Table of Contents  

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  
In thousands, except per share amounts  

Assets  
Current assets:  

Cash and cash equivalents  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,266 and $596, respectively  
Inventories  
Current deferred tax asset  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  

Total current assets  

Property and equipment, net  
Long-term deferred tax asset  
Other long–term assets  
Total assets  
Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)  
Current liabilities:  

Accounts payable  
Customer deposits  
Deferred revenues  
Income taxes payable  
Debt-short-term  
Other current liabilities  

Total current liabilities  

Long-term taxes payable  
Debt-long-term  
Other long–term liabilities  
Total liabilities  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)  
Redeemable convertible preferred stock—$0.001 par value; zero and 36,034,630 shares authorized as of June 30, 

2012 and 2011, respectively:  

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):  

Zero and 36,034,630 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively; maximum 

liquidation preference of $0 and $145,847 as of June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively  

Preferred stock—$0.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, none issued  
Common stock—$0.001 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized: 92,049,978 and 62,685,955 outstanding 

at June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively  

Additional paid–in capital  
Treasury stock—39,079,910 shares held in treasury at June 30, 2012 and 2011  
Retained earnings  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)  
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

73  

June 30, 

2012 

2011 

$ 122,060      
   75,644      
7,734      
882      
1,577      
  207,897      
4,471      
232      
1,136      
$ 213,736      

$  26,450      
235      
805      
946      
6,968      
   17,031      
   52,435      
7,727      
   22,623      
   —        
   82,785      

$  76,361    
   39,811    
5,663    
   —      
6,267    
  128,102    
1,022    
324    
2,230    
$ 131,678    

$  14,758    
1,675    
1,734    
4,428    
   —      
   15,206    
   37,801    
1,870    
   —      
32    
   39,703    

   —        

  145,847    

   —        

   —      

92      
  128,981      
   (69,515 )    
   71,393      
  130,951      
$ 213,736      

63    
545    
   (69,515 ) 
   15,035    
   (53,872 ) 
$ 131,678    

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS  
In thousands, except per share amounts  

Revenues  
Cost of revenues 
Gross profit  
Operating expenses:  

(1) 

Research and development 
Sales, general and administrative 

(1) 

(1) 

Total operating expenses  
Income from operations  
Interest income (expense) and other, net  
Income before provision for income taxes  
Provision for income taxes  
Net income (loss)  
Preferred stock cumulative dividend and accretion of cost of preferred stock  
Less allocation of net income to participating preferred stockholders  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—basic  
Undistributed earnings re-allocated to common stockholders  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—diluted  
Net income (loss) per share of common stock:  

Basic  
Diluted  

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share of common stock:  

Basic  
Diluted  

(1) 

        Includes stock-based compensation as follows  

Cost of revenues  
Research and development  
Sales, general and administrative  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

74  

2012 
$ 353,517      
   202,514      
   151,003      

Years Ended June 30, 
2011 
$ 197,874      
  117,062      
   80,812      

   16,699      
9,012      
   25,711      
   125,292      
(1,269 )   
   124,023      
   21,434      
$ 102,589      
  (112,431 )   
—        
(9,842 )    
—        
(9,842 )    

$ 

$ 

   11,374      
7,358      
   18,732      
   62,080      
79      
   62,159      
   12,432      
$  49,727      
   (42,068 )    
(2,784 )    
$  4,875      
103      
$  4,978      

2010 
$ 136,952    
   82,404    
   54,548    

   31,704    
   18,162    
   49,866    
4,682    
581    
5,263    
   10,719    
$  (5,456 ) 
(1,436 )  
   —      
$  (6,892 ) 
   —      
$  (6,892 ) 

$ 
$ 

(0.12 )    
(0.12 )    

$ 
$ 

0.08      
0.07      

$ 
$ 

(0.08 ) 
(0.08 )  

   83,460      
   83,460      

   63,092      
   66,907      

   88,972    
   88,972    

$ 

$ 

117      
542      
834      

30      
285      
637      

124    
$ 
   26,221    
9,814    

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
     
  
   
 
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
 
   
 
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)  
In thousands  

options  
transactions  
stockholders  

Balances at June 30, 2009  
Net income  
Sale of Series A convertible preferred 
stock  
Accretion of costs of Series A 
convertible preferred stock  
Warrant settlement  
Exercise of warrants to purchase 

Series A convertible preferred 
stock  

Preferred stock cumulative dividend         
Repurchase of common stock  
Repurchase and cancellation of stock 

Tax impact of employee stock 

Interest on note receivable from 
Repayment of notes receivable  
Stock-based compensation expense  
Balances at June 30, 2010  
Net income  
Accretion of costs of Series A 
convertible preferred stock  
Repurchase of common stock  
Preferred stock cumulative dividend         
Payment of preferred stock cumulative 
Restricted stock units issued, net  
Option cancellations and repurchases        
Stock-based compensation expense  
Balances at June 30, 2011  
Net income  
Accretion of costs of Series A 
convertible preferred stock  
Repurchase of Series A convertible 
preferred stock  
Preferred stock cumulative dividend         
Conversion of preferred stock into 

dividend  

common stock in conjunction with 
initial public offering  

Issuance of common stock pursuant to 
initial public offering, net of 
offering expenses  
Stock options exercised  
Restricted stock units issued, net  
Stock-based compensation expense  
Tax impact of employee stock 

transactions  

Balances at June 30, 2012  

Convertible  
Preferred Stock 

Common Stock 

     APIC      

Treasury Stock 

Shares 

     Amount     

Shares 

     Amount      Amount     

—         $  —           101,690,000       $ 
—           

102       $  1,482         
—            —            —           

—           

Shares 

     Amount     
—         $  —         $ 
—            —           

Notes  
Receivable  
from  
Stockholders   

   Retained 

Earnings   

Total  
Stockholders’
Equity  
(Deficit) 

(53 )     $  16,584       $ 
(5,456 )       
—           

18,115    
(5,456 )  

      33,898,990          98,190         

—            —            —           

—            —           

—            —           

—           
—           

100         
855         

—            —            —           
—            —            —           

—            —           
—            —           

—           
(100 )       
—            —           

—      

(100 )  
—      

       2,135,640         
—           
—           

6,300         
1,336         

—            —            —           
—            —            —           

—            —           
—            —           
(36 )        —           (36,104,320 )       (62,268 )       

—           (36,104,320 )       

—            —           
—           
(1,336 )       
—            —           

—      
(1,336 )  
(62,304 )  

—           

—           

—            —            —           

—            —           

—           

(2,316 )       

(2,316 )  

—           

—           

—            —           

228         

—            —           

—            —           

228    

—           
—           
—           

—           
—           
—           

—           

—           

—            —            —           
—            —            —           
281         
—            —           

—            —           
—            —           
—            —           
66          1,991         (36,104,320 )       (62,268 )       
—            —           

—            —            —           

      36,034,630          106,781          65,585,680         

—            37,735         
—           
—           

4,333         

—            —            —           

—            —           
(3 )        —            (2,975,590 )        (7,247 )       
—            —           

—            —            —           

—            (2,975,590 )       

—           
—           
—           
—           

(3,002 )       
—           
—           
—           

—           

—           

75,865          —           

—            —           
—            —            —           
—            —           
(252 )       
—            —           
—            —            (2,146 )       
952         
—            —           
—            —           
545         (39,079,910 )       (69,515 )       
63         
—            —           
—            —            —           

      36,034,630          145,847          62,685,955         

(3 )        —           
56          —           
—            —           
—           
7,376         
—            49,727         

—            (37,735 )       
—            —           
(4,333 )       
—           

—            —           
—            —           
—            —           
—            —           
—            15,035         
—            102,589         

(3 )  
56    
281    
(52,835 )  
49,727    

(37,735 )  
(7,250 )  
(4,333 )  

—      
(252 )  
(2,146 )  
952    
(53,872 )  
102,589    

—            111,535         

—            —            (65,632 )       

—            —           

—            (45,903 )       

(111,535 )  

      (12,041,701 )       (108,000 )       
896         

—           

—            —            —           
(568 )       
—            —           

—            —           
—            —           

—            —           
(328 )       
—           

—      
(896 )  

      (23,992,929 )       (150,278 )        23,992,929         

24         150,254         

—            —           

—            —           

150,278    

—           
—           
—           
—           

—            2,395,328         
—            2,885,470         
—           
—           

2          30,450         
808         
3         
90,296          —            (1,390 )       
—            —            1,493         

—            —           
—            —           
—            —           
—            —           

—            —           
—            —           
—            —           
—            —           

30,452    
811    
(1,390 )  
1,493    

—           
—         $  —            92,049,978       $ 

—           

—            —            13,021         

—            —           
92       $ 128,981         (39,079,910 )     $ (69,515 )     $ 

—            —           
—         $  71,393       $ 

13,021    
130,951    

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

75  

   
   
  
   
    
    
 
  
 
  
  
   
  
  
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
      
      
      
      
      
      
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
      
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  
In thousands  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:  
Net income (loss)  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:  

Depreciation and amortization  
Provision for inventory obsolescence  
Deferred taxes  
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation  
Stock-based compensation  
Revaluation of warrants to fair value  
Accrued interest on loan from stockholder  
Provision for doubtful accounts  

Change in assets and liabilities:  

Accounts receivable  
Inventories  
Deferred cost of revenues  
Prepaid expenses and other assets  
Accounts payable  
Taxes payable  
Deferred revenues  
Accrued liabilities and other  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities  

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:  

Purchase of property and equipment  

Net cash used in investing activities  

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:  

Proceeds from term loan, net of issuance costs  
Payments on term loan balance  
Repurchase of Series A convertible preferred stock  
Issuance of convertible subordinated promissory notes  
Payment of convertible subordinated promissory notes  
Proceeds from shares issued in initial public offering, net of offering costs  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options  
Proceeds from issuance of Series A preferred stock and warrants, net of issuance costs  
Proceeds from exercise of Series A preferred stock warrants  
Payment of deemed dividend on Series A convertible preferred stock  
Repurchase of common stock and cancellation of options in connection with Series A stock 

purchase agreement  

Other repurchases of common stock and outstanding awards  
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units  
Payment of deferred offering costs  
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation  
Repayment of notes receivable from stockholders  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year  
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:  
Income taxes paid  
Interest paid  
Conversion of preferred stock into common stock in conjunction with initial public offering  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

76  

2012 

Years Ended June 30, 
2011 

2010 

    $ 102,589      

$ 49,727      

$  (5,456 )  

602      
195      
(897 )    
   (13,794 )    
1,493      
—        
—        
815      

   (36,648 )   
(2,266 )    
881      
3,660      
   11,692      
9,539      
(929 )    
4,856      
   81,788      

213      
198      
   (1,163 )    
   —        
952      
   —        
   —        
(200 )    

   (5,864 )    
   (1,058 )    
   5,023      
(715 )    
   9,077      
   1,292      
   (5,833 )   
   11,193      
   62,842      

144    
560    
(645 )  
(228 )  
281    
(456 )  
(3 )  
800    

  (29,542 ) 
   (4,082 ) 
   (5,904 ) 
   (1,039 )  
   3,926    
   1,567    
   10,108    
   3,984    
  (25,985 )  

(3,310 )   
(3,310 )   

(479 )   
(479 )   

(615 ) 
(615 ) 

   34,813      
(5,250 )   
  (108,000 )    
   68,000      
   (68,000 )    
   32,443      
811      
—        
—        
—        

—        
—        
(1,390 )    
—        
   13,794      
—        
   (32,779 )    
   45,699      
   76,361      
    $ 122,060      

   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
   (3,002 )    

   —        
   (9,648 )   
   —        
   (1,767 )    
   —        
   —        
  (14,417 )    
   47,946      
   28,415      
$ 76,361      

   —      
   —      
   —      
   —      
   —      
   —      
   —      
   99,500    
   6,300    
   —      

  (64,107 )  
(512 )  
   —      
(124 )  
228    
56    
   41,341    
   14,741    
   13,674    
$ 28,415    

    $ 
6,211      
689      
    $ 
    $ 150,278      

$ 12,141      
$  —        
$  —        

$  9,944    
$  —      
$  —      

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
     
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
Table of Contents  

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

NOTE 1—BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION  

Business —Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. was incorporated in the State of California in 2003 as Pera Networks, Inc. and commenced its current 
operations in 2005 and changed its name to Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. at that time. In June 2010, the Company changed its state of incorporation to 
Delaware by merging with and into Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation. At the same time the Company completed a four-for-one 
forward stock split of its outstanding common stock, and a proportional adjustment to the existing conversion ratio for preferred stock Series A. 
On October 3, 2011, the Company completed a 2.5-for-one forward stock split to its common and preferred stock for all stockholders of record 
as of October 3, 2011. Accordingly, all share and per share amounts for all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements and notes 
thereto have been adjusted retroactively, where applicable, to reflect these forward stock splits and adjustment of the preferred stock conversion 
ratio.  

Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, “Ubiquiti” or the “Company”) is a product driven company that 
leverages innovative proprietary technologies to deliver networking solutions to both startup and established network operators and service 
providers.  

On October 13, 2011, the Company entered into an underwriting agreement for its initial public offering of its common stock at $15.00 per 
share, which closed on October 19, 2011. Immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering, all outstanding shares of the Company’s 
preferred stock converted to common stock on a one for one basis.  

The Company operates on a fiscal year ending June 30. In these notes, Ubiquiti refers to the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 as 
fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively.  

Basis of Presentation — The Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of Ubiquiti and its wholly owned subsidiaries. 
The Company has wholly owned subsidiaries in Lithuania and Hong Kong. The Company’s Hong Kong subsidiary also operates a branch office 
in Taiwan. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.  

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Use of Accounting Estimates  

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported 
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates these estimates, including those 
related to allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation, warranty costs, stock-based compensation, income taxes, the valuation of equity 
instruments, and commitments and contingencies, among others. The Company bases estimates on historical experience and on various other 
assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.  

Segments  

Management has determined that it operates as one reportable and operating segment as it only reports financial information on an aggregate and 
consolidated basis to its chief executive officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker. See Note 13.  

77  

   
Table of Contents  

Recognition of Revenues  

Revenues consist primarily of revenues from the sale of hardware and management tools, as well as the related implied post contract customer 
support (“PCS”). The Company recognizes revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is 
fixed or determinable and the collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. In cases where the Company lacks evidence that 
collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured, it defers recognition of revenue until the receipt of cash. At June 30, 2012 and 
2011 $805,000 and $1.7 million, respectively, of revenues were deferred.  

For the Company’s sales, evidence of the arrangement consists of an order from a customer. The Company considers delivery to have occurred 
once its products have been shipped and title and risk of loss have been transferred. For the Company’s sales, these criteria are met at the time 
the products are transferred to the customer. The Company’s arrangements with customers do not include provisions for cancellation, returns, 
inventory swaps or refunds that would significantly impact recognized revenues.  

The Company records amounts billed to distributors for shipping and handling costs as revenues. The Company classifies shipping and handling 
costs incurred by it as cost of revenues.  

Deposit payments received from distributors in advance of recognition of revenues are included in current liabilities on the Company’s balance 
sheet and are recognized as revenues when all the criteria for recognition of revenues are met.  

The Company’s multi-element arrangements generally include two deliverables. The first deliverable is the hardware and software essential to 
the functionality of the hardware device delivered at the time of sale. The second deliverable is the implied right to PCS included with the 
purchase of certain products. PCS is this right to receive, on a when and if available basis, future unspecified software upgrades and features 
relating to the product’s essential software as well as bug fixes, email and telephone support.  

The Company uses a hierarchy to determine the allocation of revenues to the deliverables. The hierarchy is as follows: (i) vendor-specific 
objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price 
(“BESP”).  

(i)  VSOE generally exists only when a company sells the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by the company for that 

deliverable. Generally the Company does not sell the deliverables separately and, as such, does not have VSOE. 

(ii)  TPE can be substantiated by determining the price that other parties sell similar or substantially similar offerings. The Company does not 

believe that there is accessible TPE evidence for similar deliverables. 

(iii)  BESP reflects the Company’s best estimates of what the selling prices of elements would be if they were sold regularly on a stand-alone 

basis. The Company believes that BESP is the most appropriate methodology for determining the allocation of revenue among the multiple 
elements. 

The Company has allocated revenues between these two deliverables using the relative selling price method which is based on the estimated 
selling price for all deliverables. Revenues allocated to the delivered hardware and the related essential software are recognized at the time of 
sale provided the other conditions for recognition of revenues have been met. Revenues allocated to the PCS are deferred and recognized on a 
straight-line basis over the estimated life of each of these devices, which currently is two years. At June 30, 2012 and 2011, $805,000 and 
$497,000 of revenue was deferred in this way. All cost of revenues, including estimated warranty costs, are recognized at the time of sale. Costs 
for research and development and sales and marketing are expensed as incurred. If the estimated life of the hardware product should change, the 
future rate of amortization of the revenues allocated to PCS would also change.  

The Company’s process for determining BESP for deliverables involves multiple factors that may vary depending upon the unique facts and 
circumstances related to each deliverable. For PCS, the Company believes its network operators and service providers would be reluctant to pay 
for such services separately. This view is  

78  

   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

primarily based on the fact that unspecified upgrade rights do not obligate the Company to provide upgrades at a particular time or at all, and do 
not specify to network operators and service providers which upgrades or features will be delivered. The Company believes that the relatively 
low prices of its products and its network operators’ and service providers’ price sensitivity would add to their reluctance to pay for PCS. 
Therefore, the Company has concluded that if it were to sell PCS on a standalone basis, the selling price would be relatively low.  

Key factors considered by the Company in developing the BESP for PCS include reviewing the activities of specific employees engaged in 
support and software development to determine the amount of time that is allocated to the development of the undelivered elements, determining 
the cost of this development effort, and then adding an appropriate level of gross profit to these costs.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

The Company considers investments purchased with a maturity period of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. At 
June 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $122.1 million and $76.4 million, respectively. Cash and cash 
equivalents are stated at cost which approximates fair value. The Company deposits cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions that 
management believes are of high credit quality. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of U.S. dollar denominated money 
market funds and cash deposited in demand accounts.  

Concentration of Risk  

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts 
receivable. The Company primarily places its temporary cash investments with high credit quality financial institutions which invest 
predominantly in U.S. money market funds. Deposits of cash outside the United States totaled $102.8 million and $29.6 million at June 30, 2012 
and 2011, respectively. The Company would incur significant tax liabilities if it were to repatriate its non-U.S. deposits.  

The Company derives its accounts receivable from revenues earned from customers located worldwide. The Company bases credit decisions 
primarily upon a customer’s past credit history. The Company’s standard credit terms are net 30 to 60 days.  

The Company subcontracts with other companies to manufacture most of its products. The Company relies on the ability of these contract 
manufacturers to produce the products sold to its distributors and original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”). A significant portion of the 
Company’s products are manufactured by a few contract manufacturers. If the Company’s contract manufacturers were to lose production 
capabilities, the Company would experience delays in delivering products to its distributors and OEMs. The Company does not maintain long-
term agreements with its contract manufacturers, which could lead to an inability of the Company to obtain its products in a timely fashion at 
prices consistent with those previously charged.  

Inventory  

Inventories consist primarily of raw materials that the Company consigns to its contract manufactures and, to a lesser extent, finished goods. 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company reduces the value of its inventory for 
estimated obsolescence or lack of marketability by the difference between the cost of the affected inventory and the estimated market value and 
establishes a new cost basis.  

79  

   
Table of Contents  

Deferred Cost of Revenues  

Deferred cost of revenues consist of the cost of product shipped to distributors for which the rights and obligations of ownership have passed to 
the distributor but revenues have not yet been recognized primarily because the collectability criterion for revenue recognition has not been 
fulfilled. The Company classifies those amounts as deferred cost of revenues. All deferred costs of revenues are stated at cost. The Company 
periodically assesses the recoverability of deferred cost of revenues and writes down the deferred cost of revenues balances to establish a new 
cost basis when recovery of deferred cost of revenues is not reasonably assured. The Company evaluates recoverability based on various factors 
including the length of time the product has been held at the distributor’s site and the financial viability of the distributor.  

Product Warranties  

The Company offers warranties on certain products, generally for a period of one year, and records a liability for the estimated future costs 
associated with potential warranty claims. The warranty costs are reflected in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations within cost of 
revenues. The warranties are typically in effect for 12 months from the distributor’s purchase date of the product. The Company’s estimate of 
future warranty costs is largely based on historical experience factors including product failure rates, material usage, and service delivery cost 
incurred in correcting product failures. In certain circumstances, the Company may have recourse from its contract manufacturers for 
replacement cost of defective products, which it also factors into its warranty liability assessment.  

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock  

On October 19, 2011, the Company’s outstanding Series A preferred stock converted to common stock immediately prior to the closing of the 
Company’s initial public offering and no additional accretion was recorded. Prior to the conversion, upon the sixth anniversary of the issuance of 
Series A preferred stock, the holders of Series A preferred stock could require the Company to redeem such preferred stock out of legally 
available funds at the greater of (i) the Liquidation Value of $2.95 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends or (ii) the market price of the 
common stock issuable upon conversion of each share of Series A preferred stock into common stock, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. 
Since the maximum redemption amount was contingent on the fair value of the equity security at the redemption date, the Company calculated 
the accretion based on the fair value as of the balance sheet date prorated over the contractual life. The Company recorded $111.5 million, $37.7 
million and $100,000 of accretion in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Due to the conversion immediately prior to the closing of the 
Company’s initial public offering, no additional accretion will be recorded in future periods.  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated probable losses on uncollectible accounts receivable. In estimating the 
allowance, management considers, among other factors, (i) the aging of the accounts receivable, (ii) the Company’s historical write offs, (iii) the 
credit worthiness of each distributor based on payment history and (iv) general economic conditions. In cases where the Company is aware of 
circumstances that may impair a specific distributor’s ability to meet its obligations to the Company, the Company records a specific allowance 
against amounts due from the distributor, and thereby reduces the net recognized receivable to the amounts it reasonably believes will be 
collected.  

The allowance for doubtful accounts activity was as follows (in thousands):  

Beginning balance  
Charged to or released from expenses  
Bad debt write-offs  
Ending Balance  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

Years Ended June 30, 

2012 
$  596      
   815      
   (145 )    
$ 1,266      

2011       
$ 800      
  (200 )   
(4 )   
$ 596      

2010   
$ —      
  800    
  —      
$ 800    

The carrying value of the Company’s cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, debt and other current liabilities approximate fair 
value due to their short maturities. See Note 3.  

80  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Long Lived Assets  

The Company evaluates its long lived assets including property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the net book value of such assets 
exceeds the estimated future undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets or asset group. If impairment is indicated, the asset is written 
down to its estimated fair value. The Company did not recognize any impairment losses for fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010.  

Property and Equipment  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment are recorded at cost. The Company computes depreciation or amortization using the straight line method over 
estimated useful lives, as follows:  

Testing equipment  
Computer and other equipment  
Furniture and fixtures  
Leasehold improvements  

Estimated Useful Life 

3 to 5 years 
3 to 5 years 
3 years 
shorter of lease term or useful life 

Upon retirement or disposition, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed with any gain or loss recognized in the 
statement of operations. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.  

Depreciation expense was $602,000, $213,000 and $144,000 for fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

Intangible Assets  

The Company’s intangible assets consist primarily of legal costs associated with application and registration of the Company’s patents and 
trademarks. The Company amortizes all acquisition-related intangible assets that are subject to amortization over the estimated useful life based 
on economic benefit, which ranges from 5 to 10 years.  

Leases  

The Company leases its facilities under cancelable and noncancelable operating leases. For leases that contain rent escalation or rent concessions 
provisions, the Company records the total rent expense during the lease term on a straight line basis over the term of the lease. The Company 
records the difference between the rent paid and the straight line rent as a deferred rent liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. 

Income Taxes  

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with accounting guidance which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities 
for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in its financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are determined based on the temporary difference between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities 
and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the 
years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company establishes valuation allowances when 
necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount it expects to realize. The assessment of whether or not a valuation allowance is required 
often requires significant judgment including current operating results, the forecast of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible 
tax planning initiatives. In addition, the Company’s calculation of its tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of 
complex tax regulations. The Company may be subject to income tax audits in all of the jurisdictions in which it operates and, as a result, must 
also assess exposures to any potential issues arising from current or future audits of current and prior years’ tax returns. Accordingly, the 
Company must assess such potential exposures and, where necessary, provide a reserve to cover any expected loss. To the extent that the 
Company establishes a reserve, its provision for income taxes would be increased. If the Company ultimately determines that payment of these 
amounts is unnecessary, it reverses the liability and recognizes a tax benefit during the period in which it determines that the liability is no longer 
necessary. The Company records an additional charge in its provision for taxes in the period in which it determines that tax liability is greater 
than its original estimate.  

81  

   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Stock-based Compensation  

The Company records stock-based awards at fair value as of the grant date and recognizes expense ratably on a straight-line basis over the 
requisite service period, which is generally the vesting term of the awards. The Company estimates the fair value of stock option awards on the 
grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) are valued based on the fair value of the Company’s 
common stock on the date of grant. The Company adopted the above guidance using the modified prospective transition method. Under this 
transition method, the new fair value recognition provisions are applied to option grants on and after July 1, 2005. The Company expenses the 
fair value of all stock-based awards granted or modified after July 1, 2005 on a straight line basis.  

The Black-Scholes option pricing model used to determine the fair value of the Company’s stock option awards requires a number of estimates 
and assumptions. In valuing share-based awards under the fair value accounting method, significant judgment is required in determining the 
expected volatility of the Company’s common stock and the expected term individuals will hold their share-based awards prior to exercising. 
The expected volatility of the Company’s common stock is based on the volatility of a group of comparable companies, as the Company does 
not have sufficient historical data with regards to the volatility of its stock. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time 
that the Company expects the options granted to be outstanding. The Company calculates the expected term as the average of the option vesting 
and contractual terms. In the future, as the Company gains sufficient historical data for volatility in its common stock and the actual term for 
which its options are held, the expected volatility and expected term may change, which could substantially change the grant date fair value of 
future awards of stock options and ultimately the expense it records. In addition, the estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires 
judgment and to the extent actual results differ from the Company’s estimates, these amounts will be recorded as an adjustment in the period 
estimates are revised.  

For stock option awards granted to nonemployees and nonemployee directors, the fair value of the stock option awards is estimated using the 
Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model utilizes the estimated fair value of the Company’s underlying common stock at each 
measurement date, the contractual term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of the Company’s common stock, risk free interest rates 
and expected dividend yields of the Company’s common stock.  

Commitments and Contingencies  

The Company periodically evaluates all pending or threatened contingencies and any commitments, if any, that are reasonably likely to have a 
material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The Company assesses the probability of an adverse outcome 
and determines if it is remote, reasonably possible or probable. If information available prior to the issuance of the Company’s financial 
statements indicates that it is probable that an asset had been impaired or a liability had been incurred at the date of the Company’s financial 
statements, and the amount of the loss, or the range of probable loss can be reasonably estimated, then such loss is accrued and charged to 
operations. If no accrual is made for a loss contingency because one or both of the conditions pursuant to the accounting guidance are not met, 
but the probability of an adverse outcome is at least reasonably possible, the Company will disclose the nature of the contingency and provide an 
estimate of the possible loss or range of loss, or state that such an estimate cannot be made.  

Foreign Currency Translation  

The functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. For foreign operations, local currency denominated assets and 
liabilities are remeasured at the period end exchange rates, and revenues, costs and expenses are remeasured at the average exchange rates during 
the fiscal year. Foreign exchange gains and losses have been immaterial to the Company’s results of operations to date.  

82  

   
Table of Contents  

Deferred Offering Costs  

Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting and other fees and costs relating to the Company’s initial public offering were 
capitalized. Deferred offering costs of $3.1 million were offset against initial public offering proceeds upon the closing of the offering in October 
2011. There were $2.1 million of deferred offering costs capitalized as of June 30, 2011.  

Research and Development Costs and Capitalized Software Development Costs  

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salary and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, for employees and 
contractors engaged in research, design and development activities, as well as costs for prototypes, facilities and travel costs.  

Software development costs, including costs incurred to purchase third party software, begin to be capitalized when the Company has 
determined that certain factors are present, including among others, that technology exists to achieve the performance requirements. The 
accumulation of software costs to be capitalized ceases when the software is substantially developed and is ready for its intended use. 
Capitalized costs are amortized on a straight line basis over the estimated useful life of the software once it is available for use. To date, the 
Company has not capitalized research and development costs associated with software development as products and enhancements have reached 
technological feasibility and have been released to customers at substantially the same time.  

Earnings Per Share  

The Company applies the two-class method for calculating and presenting earnings per share (“EPS”). Under the two-class method, net income 
is allocated between shares of common stock and other participating securities based on their participating rights. Participating securities are 
defined as securities that participate in dividends with common stock according to a pre-determined formula or a contractual obligation to share 
in the income of the entity. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of 
shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing the amount of net income available to common 
stockholders outstanding plus income allocable to participating securities, to the extent they are dilutive, by the weighted average number of 
shares of common stock and potential dilutive shares outstanding during the period if the effect is dilutive. The Company’s potentially dilutive 
common shares include outstanding stock options, restricted stock units and preferred stock.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

In May 2011 the FASB further amended its guidance related to fair value measurements in order to achieve common fair value measurements 
between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amendments in the updated guidance explain how to measure fair 
value. They do not require additional fair value measurements and are not intended to establish valuation standards or affect valuation practices 
outside of financial reporting. The amendments change the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair 
value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. For many of the requirements, the updated guidance should not result in a 
change in the application of previous fair value measurement guidance. The updated guidance is effective during interim and annual periods 
beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of the amended guidance on January 1, 2012 did not have an impact on the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements.  

In June 2011, the FASB updated its guidance related to the presentation of comprehensive income. Under the updated guidance, an entity has the 
option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either 
in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to 
present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive  

83  

   
Table of Contents  

income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. The updated guidance eliminates the 
option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The amendments in 
the updated guidance do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive 
income must be reclassified to net income. In December 2011, the FASB further amended its guidance to defer changes related to the 
presentation of reclassification adjustments indefinitely as a result of concerns raised by stakeholders that the new presentation requirements 
would be difficult for preparers and add unnecessary complexity to financial statements. The updated guidance, other than the portion related to 
the presentation of reclassification adjustments, will be effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after 
December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The updated guidance must be applied retrospectively. The Company does not expect the 
adoption of the guidance on July 1, 2012 to have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.  

NOTE 3—FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  

Pursuant to the accounting guidance for fair value measurements and its subsequent updates, fair value is defined as the price that would be 
received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As 
such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an 
asset or liability. The accounting guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy that requires the Company to use observable market data, 
when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into 
three levels that may be used in measuring fair value as follows:  

Level 1 —observable inputs which include quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.  

Level 2 —inputs which include observable inputs other than Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for 
identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable 
market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.  

Level 3 —inputs which include unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of 
the underlying asset or liability. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, 
discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques, as well as significant management judgment or estimation.  

The Company’s financial assets at June 30, 2012 and 2011 included money market funds which were valued based on quoted prices in active 
markets for substantially similar assets and, therefore, were Level 1 instruments. Additionally, at June 30, 2012 the Company had debt associated 
with its Loan and Security Agreement with East West Bank (See Note 8). The fair value of the Company’s debt was estimated based on the 
current rates offered to the Company for debt with the same remaining maturities.  

84  

   
Table of Contents  

As of June 30, 2012 and 2011, the fair value hierarchy for the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities was as follows (in thousands):  

Money market funds  

Assets:  

Liabilities:  
Debt  

Fair  
Value         

June 30, 2012 

Level 1 

Level 2         Level 3       

Fair  
Value         

June 30, 2011 

Level 1         Level 2        Level 3   

    $ 108,228        $ 108,228        $  —          $ —          $ 43,572        $ 43,572        $ —          $ —      

    $  29,591        $  —          $ 29,591        $ —          $  —          $  —          $ —          $ —      

NOTE 4—EARNINGS PER SHARE  

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the periods indicated (in thousands, except per share 
data):  

Numerator:  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—basic  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—diluted  
Denominator:  
Weighted-average common shares outstanding used in basic EPS calculation  
Add—dilutive potential common shares:  

Stock options  
Restricted stock units  

Weighted-average shares used to compute diluted EPS  
Net income (loss) per share of common stock:  

Basic  
Diluted  

Years Ended June 30, 
2011 

2010 

2012 

    $ (9,842 )    
    $ (9,842 )    

$  4,875        $ (6,892 ) 
$  4,978        $ (6,892 ) 

  83,460      

  63,092       

  88,972    

   —        
   —        
  83,460      

   3,680       
135       
  66,907       

   —      
   —      
  88,972    

    $  (0.12 )    
    $  (0.12 )    

$  0.08        $  (0.08 ) 
$  0.07        $  (0.08 ) 

The following table summarizes the total potential shares of common stock that were excluded from the diluted per share calculation, because to 
include them would have been anti-dilutive for the period (in thousands):  

Stock options  
Restricted stock units  
Convertible preferred stock  

85  

Years Ended June 30, 
2011 

2012        
  3,348       
   454       
   —         
  3,802       

360       
100       
  36,035       
  36,495       

2010 
   5,795    
500    
  36,035    
  42,330    

   
   
   
   
   
  
   
      
  
  
   
      
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
      
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
      
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

NOTE 5—CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS  

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following (in thousands):  

Cash  
Money market funds  

NOTE 6—BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS  

Inventories  

Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):  

Raw materials  
Finished goods  

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):  

Vendor deposits  
Other current assets  

Property and Equipment, Net  

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):  

Testing equipment  
Computer and other equipment  
Tooling equipment  
Furniture and fixtures  
Leasehold improvements  
Software  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization  

86  

June 30, 

2012 
$  13,832       
  108,228       
$ 122,060       

2011 
$ 32,789    
  43,572    
$ 76,361    

June 30, 

2012 
$ 4,668       
  3,066       
$ 7,734       

2011 
$ 4,305    
  1,358    
$ 5,663    

June 30, 

2012 
$  129       
  1,448       
$ 1,577       

2011 
$ 5,312    
74    
$ 5,386    

June 30, 

2012 
$ 2,293      
578      
532      
595      
   1,424      
77      
   5,499      
  (1,028 )   
$ 4,471      

2011 
$ 1,086    
   182    
   —      
18    
   112    
57    
  1,455    
   (433 ) 
$ 1,022    

   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
      
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
     
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Other Long-term Assets  

Other long-term assets consisted of the following (in thousands):  

Deferred offering costs  
Intangible assets, net  
Other long-term assets  

Other Current Liabilities  

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):  

Accrued compensation and benefits  
Accrued accounts payable  
Accrual for an export compliance matter  
Warranty accrual  
Other accruals  

June 30, 

2012 
$  —         
   748       
   388       
$ 1,136       

2011 
$ 2,141    
   —      
89    
$ 2,230    

June 30, 

2012 
$  2,657       
   6,636       
   1,625       
   1,381       
   4,732       
$ 17,031       

2011 
$  2,280    
   7,414    
   1,625    
806    
   3,081    
$ 15,206    

NOTE 7—ACCRUED WARRANTY  

The Company offers warranties on certain products, generally for a period of one year, and records a liability for the estimated future costs 
associated with potential warranty claims. The warranty costs are reflected in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations within cost of 
revenues. The warranties are typically in effect for 12 months from the distributor’s purchase date of the product. The Company’s estimate of 
future warranty costs is largely based on historical experience factors including product failure rates, material usage, and service delivery cost 
incurred in correcting product failures. In certain circumstances, the Company may have recourse from its contract manufacturers for 
replacement cost of defective products, which it also factors into its warranty liability assessment.  

Warranty obligations, included in other current liabilities, were as follows (in thousands):  

Balance at June 30, 2009  

Accruals for warranties issued during the period  
Settlements made during the period  

Balance at June 30, 2010  

Accruals for warranties issued during the period  
Settlements made during the period  

Balance at June 30, 2011  

Accruals for warranties issued during the period  
Settlements made during the period  

Balance at June 30, 2012  

87  

$  126    
827    
(256 )  
697    
847    
(738 ) 
806    
   1,895    
  (1,320 ) 
$ 1,381    

   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

NOTE 8—DEBT  

In July 2011, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 12,041,700 shares of the Company’s Series A convertible preferred stock from entities 
affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P., one of the Company’s major stockholders, at a price of $8.97 per share for an aggregate consideration of 
$108.0 million. Of the aggregate purchase price, $40.0 million was paid in cash at the time of closing and the balance of the shares were paid for 
through the issuance of convertible subordinated promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $68.0 million. On September 15, 2011, 
$34.0 million was paid against the notes reducing the aggregate principal amount outstanding to $34.0 million. The remainder of the notes were 
retired in October 2011 with the proceeds of the Company’s initial public offering and existing cash balances. The interest rate on the notes 
started at 5% per annum and increased by two percentage points every three months until it would have reached 9% in January 2012. The notes 
were prepayable without penalty prior to April 21, 2012, and were required to be paid in the event of the Company’s initial public offering or 
third party financing prior to April 21, 2012. The notes matured on July 21, 2021. The unpaid principal on the notes was convertible into shares 
of Series A preferred stock at $8.97 per share at any point after July 21, 2012. The difference between the repurchase price and the carrying 
value of the repurchased preferred stock on June 30, 2011 was $59.0 million. The difference was debited to available retained earnings with the 
remaining amount debited to additional paid-in capital and reduced the net income attributable to common stock shareholders resulting in a 
reduction of basic and diluted net income per share.  

On September 15, 2011, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with East West Bank, (the “EWB Loan Agreement”). The 
credit facilities available under the EWB Loan Agreement consist of a $35.0 million term loan facility and a $5.0 million revolving line of credit 
facility. The term loan matures on September 15, 2016 with principal and interest to be repaid in 60 monthly installments. The Company used 
$34.0 million of the term loan to repay a portion of the outstanding convertible subordinated promissory notes held by entities affiliated with 
Summit Partners, L.P. The $5.0 million revolving line of credit may be drawn at any time prior to September 15, 2013. The amounts outstanding 
under both the term loan and the revolving line of credit facility may be voluntarily prepaid at any time without premium or penalty, subject to 
certain conditions. Interest will accrue on the outstanding principal amount of the term loan at a rate per annum equal to an adjusted LIBOR rate 
(based on one, two or three month interest periods) plus a spread of either 2.50% or 3.00%, which spread shall be determined based on the debt 
service ratio for the preceding four fiscal quarter period. Interest will accrue on the drawn portion of the revolving credit facility at the prime rate 
plus a spread of 0.25%, provided that such rate shall not be less than the one-month adjusted LIBOR rate plus a spread of 1.00%, and will be 
paid monthly. The Company is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.15% per annum on the undrawn portion of the revolving credit facility on 
a quarterly basis. The EWB Loan Agreement includes customary covenants, including financial reporting requirements and compliance with a 
debt service coverage ratio and a total leverage ratio, and customary events of default. The Company’s obligations under the EWB Loan 
Agreement are secured by a first priority security position on substantially all of the Company’s current and future assets, subject to certain 
exceptions (including a negative pledge on the Company’s intellectual property) and permitted liens. During fiscal 2012, the Company made 
aggregate payments of $5.2 million against the loan balance. As of June 30, 2012, the Company has classified $7.0 million and $22.6 million in 
short-term and long-term debt, respectively, on its consolidated balance sheet related to the EWB Loan Agreement.  

NOTE 9—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  

Operating Leases  

Certain facilities and equipment are leased under noncancelable operating leases. The Company generally pays taxes, insurance and maintenance 
costs on leased facilities and equipment. The Company leases office space in San Jose, California and other locations under various non-
cancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through 2017.  

88  

   
Table of Contents  

In July 2011, the Company entered into an agreement to lease additional office space for its research and development offices in Taiwan. The 
lease term is from July 14, 2011 through July 15, 2016. The premises consist of approximately 10,000 rentable square feet of space. The lease 
has been categorized as an operating lease, and the total estimated rent expense to be recognized is $1.6 million.  

In December 2011, the Company entered into an agreement to lease approximately 64,512 square feet of office and research and development 
space located in San Jose, California, which will be used as the Company’s corporate headquarters. The lease term is from April 1, 2012, though 
June 30, 2017. The lease has been categorized as an operating lease, and the total estimated rent expense to be recognized is $4.9 million.  

At June 30, 2012, future minimum annual payments under operating leases are as follows (in thousands): (in thousands):  

Operating leases  

2013 

Total    
2016 
    $ 1,240        $ 1,373        $ 1,386        $ 1,418        $ 1,122        $  —          $ 6,539    

       Thereafter       

2017 

2014 

2015 

Rent expense under operating leases was $1.6 million, $751,000 and $392,000 for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively.  

Purchase Commitments  

The Company subcontracts with other companies to manufacture its products. During the normal course of business, the Company’s contract 
manufacturers procure components based upon orders placed by the Company. If the Company cancels all or part of the orders, it may still be 
liable to the contract manufacturers for the cost of the components purchased by them to manufacture the Company’s products. The Company 
periodically reviews the potential liability and to date no accruals have been recorded. The Company’s consolidated financial position and results 
of operations could be negatively impacted if it were required to compensate the contract manufacturers for any liabilities incurred.  

Indemnification Obligations  

The Company enters into standard indemnification agreements with many of its business partners in the ordinary course of business. These 
agreements include provisions for indemnifying the business partner against any claim brought by a third party to the extent any such claim 
alleges that a Ubiquiti product infringes a patent, copyright or trademark, or violates any other proprietary rights of that third party. The 
maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is not estimable 
and the Company has not incurred any material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements to date.  

Legal Matters  

The Company may be involved, from time to time, in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations, and proceedings relating to contractual 
disputes, intellectual property rights, employment matters, regulatory compliance matters and other litigation matters relating to various claims 
that arise in the normal course of business. The Company determines whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by 
assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. The Company assesses its potential liability by analyzing specific 
litigation and regulatory matters using available information. The Company develops its views on estimated losses in consultation with inside 
and outside counsel, which involves a subjective analysis of potential results and outcomes, assuming various combinations of appropriate 
litigation and settlement strategies. Because of the uncertainties related to both the amount and ranges of possible loss from pending litigation 
matters, the Company is unable to predict with certainty the precise liability that could finally result from a range of possible unfavorable 
outcomes. Taking all of the above factors into account, the Company records an amount where it is probable that the Company will incur a loss 
and where that loss can be reasonably estimated.  

89  

   
   
  
   
      
      
      
      
Table of Contents  

However, the Company’s estimates may be incorrect and the Company could ultimately incur more or less than the amounts initially recorded. 
Litigation can be costly, diverting management’s attention and could, upon resolution, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, 
results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.  

Export Compliance Matters  

In January 2011, the U.S. Commerce Department, Bureau of Industry and Security’s (“BIS”) Office of Export Enforcement (“OEE”) contacted 
the Company to request that the Company provide information related to its relationship with a logistics company in the UAE and with a 
company in Iran, as well as information on the export classification of its products. As a result of this inquiry the Company, assisted by outside 
counsel, conducted a review of the Company’s export transactions from 2008 through March 2011 to not only gather information responsive to 
the OEE’s request but also to review the Company’s overall compliance with export control and sanctions laws. It was in the course of this 
review that the Company identified the Iranian sales of two of its distributors.  

In May 2011, the Company filed a self-disclosure with the BIS and Security’s Office of Export Enforcement OEE and in June 2011, filed one 
with U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) regarding the compliance issues noted above. The 
disclosures address the above described findings and the remedial actions the Company had taken to date. However, the findings also indicate 
that both distributors continued to sell, directly or indirectly, the Company’s products into Iran during the period from February 2010 through 
March 2011 and that the Company received various communications from them indicating that they were continuing to do so. Since January 
2011, the Company has cooperated with OEE and, prior to its disclosure filing, the Company informally shared with the OEE the substance of its 
findings with respect to both distributors. From May 2011 to August 2011, the Company provided additional information regarding its review 
and its findings to OEE to facilitate its investigation and OEE advised the Company in August 2011 that it had completed its investigation of the 
Company. In August 2011, the Company received a warning letter from OEE stating that OEE had not referred the findings of the Company’s 
review for criminal or administrative prosecution and closed the investigation of the Company without penalty.  

OFAC is still reviewing the Company’s voluntary disclosure. In the Company’s submission, the Company provided OFAC with an explanation 
of the activities that led to the sales of its products in Iran and the failure to comply with the Export Administration Regulations (the “EAR”) and 
OFAC sanctions. Although the Company’s OFAC and OEE voluntary disclosures covered similar sets of facts, which led the OEE to resolve the 
case with the issuance of a warning letter, OFAC may conclude that the Company’s actions resulted in violations of U.S. export control and 
economic sanctions laws and warrant the imposition of penalties that could include fines, termination of the Company’s ability to export its 
products, and/or referral for criminal prosecution. Any such fines may be material to the Company’s financial results in the period in which they 
are imposed. The penalties may be imposed against the Company and/or its management. The maximum civil monetary penalty for the 
violations is up to $250,000 or twice the value of the transaction, whichever is greater, per violation. The Company cannot predict when OFAC 
will complete its review or decide upon the imposition of possible penalties.  

Based on the facts known to the Company to date, the Company recorded an expense of $1.6 million for this export compliance matter in fiscal 
2010, which represents management’s estimated exposure for fines in accordance with applicable accounting literature. This amount was 
calculated from information discovered through the Company’s internal review and this loss is deemed to be probable and reasonably estimable. 
However, the Company also believes that it is reasonably possible that the loss may be higher, but the Company cannot reasonably estimate the 
range of any further potential losses. Specific information has come to management’s attention based on which, management cannot estimate 
any further range of possible losses. Should additional facts be discovered in the future and/or should actual fines or other penalties substantially 
differ from the Company’s estimates, its business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations would be materially negatively 
impacted.  

90  

   
Table of Contents  

NOTE 10—PREFERRED STOCK  

Preferred Stock  

On March 2, 2010, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to authorize the issuance of 36,034,630 shares of Series A convertible 
preferred stock. On March 2, 2010, the Company also entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement and issued 33,898,990 Series A shares and 
warrants to purchase an additional 2,135,640 Series A shares to a third party investor at $2.95 per share. The total proceeds of $99.5 million, net 
of $500,000 of issuance costs, $1.3 million out of the total proceeds was allocated to the Series A warrants based on the fair value on the 
issuance date, and the remaining amount of $98.2 million was allocated to Series A Preferred Stock using the residual method. The proceeds 
from the issuance of the Series A shares were used to repurchase common stock and fully vested stock options from employees and others.  

The fair value of the warrant to purchase the additional 2,135,640 Series A shares was estimated to be $1.3 million at the date of issuance based 
on the Black-Scholes option pricing model using a risk-free interest rate of 0.14%, volatility of approximately 53%, the contractual life of 0.3 
years and 4% dividend rate. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the warrant liability was remeasured at fair value at each 
balance sheet date prior to exercise. The $207,000 decrease in fair value of the warrant liability as measured at March 31, 2010 compared to the 
initial fair value at issuance was recorded as other income (expense), net in the Company’s statement of operations in the third quarter of fiscal 
2010. On June 29, 2010, holders of the warrants exercised their option to purchase 2,135,640 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at 
$2.95 per share for total proceeds of $6.3 million, resulting in the reclassification of the warrant liability balance to Series A preferred stock on 
the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.  

In July 2011, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 12,041,700 shares of the Company’s Series A convertible preferred stock from entities 
affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P., one of the Company’s major stockholders, at a price of $8.97 per share for an aggregate consideration of 
$108.0 million. Of the aggregate purchase price, $40.0 million was paid in cash at the time of closing and the balance of the shares were paid for 
through the issuance of convertible subordinated promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $68.0 million. The $68.0 million was 
paid down primarily using proceeds from the term loan the Company executed with East West Bank on September 15, 2011 and funds raised 
upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering on October 19, 2011.  

NOTE 11—STOCK BASED COMPENSATION  

Stock-Based Compensation Plans  

2010 Equity Incentive Plan  

In March 2010, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). The 2010 Plan 
replaced the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”), and no further awards will be granted pursuant to the 2005 Plan. Under the terms of 
the 2010 Plan, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) may be granted to 
employees or non-employee service providers. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees.  

The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be awarded under the 2010 Plan as of June 30, 2012 was 8,000,000 shares, plus any shares 
subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2005 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full 
and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2005 Plan that are forfeited to (but not repurchased by) the Company. As of June 30, 
2012, the Company had 1,649,294 authorized shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.  

The 2010 Plan is administered by the board of directors or a committee of the Company’s board of directors. Subject to the terms and conditions 
of the 2010 Plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to 
be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or 
advisable for  

91  

   
Table of Contents  

the administration of the 2010 Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2010 
Plan. Options and RSUs generally vest over a four year period from the date of grant and generally expire five to ten years from the date of 
grant. The terms of the 2010 Plan provide that an option price shall not be less than 100% of fair market value on the date of grant.  

2005 Equity Incentive Plan  

With the adoption of the 2010 Plan, no additional awards may be granted under the 2005 Plan. In February 2005, the Company’s board of 
directors and the stockholders approved the 2005 Plan, which was amended and restated in March 2006. The 2005 Plan provided for the issuance 
of stock options, restricted stock and stock bonuses to employees, consultants, advisors, directors and officers of the Company. The 2005 Plan 
was administered by the Company’s board of directors, who determined the terms and conditions for each grant. The terms of the options 
granted under the 2005 Plan were determined at the time of grant. The Company made use of different vesting schedules through fiscal 2009, but 
subsequent new grants generally vested as to 25% on the first anniversary of the date of grant and monthly thereafter over the next three years 
and generally have a term of 10 years from the date of grant. The option prices were determined by the Company’s board of directors.  

Employee Stock-based Compensation  

The following table shows total stock-based compensation expense included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal 2012, 2011 
and 2010 (in thousands):  

Cost of revenues  
Research and development  
Sales, general and administrative  

2012 
$  117       
   542       
   834       
  1,493       

Years Ended June 30, 
2011       
$  30       
  285       
  637       
  952       

2010 
$  124    
  26,221    
   9,814    
  36,159    

Stock Options  

The following is a summary of option activity for the Company’s stock incentive plans for fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010:  

Balance, June 30, 2009  
Granted  
Options repurchased and cancelled  
Forfeitures and cancellations  
Balance, June 30, 2010  
Granted  
Forfeitures and cancellations  
Balance, June 30, 2011  
Granted  
Exercised  
Forfeitures and cancellations  
Balance, June 30, 2012  
Vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2012  
Vested and exercisable as of June 30, 2012  

Common Stock Options Outstanding 

Weighted 

Average  
Exercise 
Price 

$  0.04       
   1.87       
   0.04       
   0.07       
$  0.23       
   3.42       
   1.03       
$  0.72       
   10.44       
   0.28       
   4.71       
$  1.45       
$  1.41       
$  0.55       

Weighted  
Average  
Remaining 
Contractual 

Life (Years)       

7.64       

Aggregate  
Intrinsic  
Value 
(In thousands)   
5,516    
$ 

6.92       

$ 

12,642    

6.44       

$ 

43,135    

6.62       
6.60       
6.03       

$ 
$ 
$ 

42,920    
42,518    
34,197    

Number  
of Options 

  7,180,000      
   594,340      
   (794,660 )   
  (1,183,510 )   
  5,796,170      
  1,149,062      
   (773,525 )   
  6,171,707      
   161,000      
  (2,885,470 )   
(99,792 )   
  3,347,445      
  3,306,522      
  2,496,755      

92  

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
     
 
      
 
  
  
   
  
     
  
      
  
      
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Additional information regarding options outstanding as of June 30, 2012 is as follows (in thousands, except weighted average exercise price 
amounts and contractual life):  

Range of Exercise Prices 
$0.01 – $0.04  
$0.05 – $0.39  
$0.40 – $2.89  
$2.90 – $4.07  
$4.08 – $8.64  
$8.65 – $26.28  
$0.01 – $26.28  

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Weighted  
Average  
Remaining 
Contractual 

Life (Years)       
4.53       
5.78       
7.68       
8.25       
8.81       
9.30       
6.62       

Weighted 

Average  
Exercise 
Price 
$  0.01       
   0.05       
   1.65       
   2.90       
   5.51       
   14.82       
$  1.45       

Weighted 

Average  
Exercise 
Price 
$  0.01    
   0.05    
   1.41    
   2.90    
   5.42    
   —      
$  0.55    

Number of  
Options 
   303,680       
  1,764,890       
   142,575       
   183,872       
   101,738       
—         
  2,496,755       

Number of  
Options 
   303,680       
  1,764,890       
   404,840       
   438,132       
   389,903       
46,000       
  3,347,445       

During fiscal 2012, the aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised under the Company’s stock incentive plans was $48.6 million as 
determined as of the date of option exercise. The Company had no option exercises during fiscal 2011 or 2010.  

As of June 30, 2012, the Company had unrecognized compensation costs of $1.8 million related to stock options which the Company expects to 
recognize over a weighted-average period 2.7 years. Future option grants will increase the amount of compensation expense to be recorded in 
these periods.  

The Company estimates the fair value of employee stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of employee 
stock options is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards. The fair value of employee stock options 
was estimated using the following weighted average assumptions:  

Expected term  
Expected volatility  
Risk-free interest rate  
Expected dividend yield  
Weighted average grant date fair value  

2012 

  6.1 years       
49 %    
1.6 %    
—         
5.05       

$ 

Years Ended June 30, 
2011 

  6.1 years       
65 %    
4.2 %    
—         
2.10       

$ 

2010 
  6.1 years    

65 %  
4.5 %  
—      
1.14    

$ 

Expected term.  Expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. As the Company 
has limited historical option exercise data, the expected term of the stock options granted to employees was calculated based on the simplified 
method. Under the simplified method, the expected term is equal to the average of an option’s weighted-average vesting period and its 
contractual term. The Company is permitted to continue using the simplified method until sufficient information regarding exercise behavior, 
such as historical exercise data or exercise information from external sources, becomes available.  

Expected volatility.  The expected volatility was based on the historical stock volatilities of a group of publicly listed comparable companies over 
a period equal to the expected terms of the options, as the Company does not have any trading history to use the volatility of the Company’s 
common stock.  

Expected dividend yield.  The Company has never paid dividends on the Company’s common stock and does not expect to pay dividends on its 
common stock.  

93  

   
   
   
  
   
      
  
      
  
   
      
 
 
      
      
 
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
    
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

Risk-free interest rate.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U.S. 
Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the option’s expected term.  

Fair value of common stock.  The Company’s common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on October 14, 2011, upon 
its initial public offering. The fair value of the Company’s common stock is determined using the market price of the Company’s common stock 
as of the date of grant. Prior to October 14, 2011, the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been 
the responsibility of and determined by the Company’s board of directors. Because there had been no public market for the Company’s common 
stock, its board of directors has determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of 
objective and subjective factors including independent third-party valuations of its common stock, operating and financial performance, the lack 
of liquidity of capital stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors.  

Forfeiture rate.  The Company estimates its forfeiture rate based on an analysis of its actual forfeitures and will continue to evaluate the 
adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior and other factors. The impact from 
a forfeiture rate adjustment will be recognized in full in the period of adjustment, and if the actual number of future forfeitures differs from that 
estimated, the Company may be required to record adjustments to stock-based compensation expense in future periods.  

Cash received from stock option exercises during the fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $811,000, zero and zero, respectively.  

Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”)  

The following table summarizes the activity of the RSUs made by the Company:  

RSUs granted  
RSUs vested  
Non-vested RSUs, June 30, 2010  
RSUs granted  
RSUs vested  
Non-vested RSUs, June 30, 2011  
RSUs granted  
RSUs vested  
RSUs cancelled  
Non-vested RSUs, June 30, 2012  

Number  
of Shares       
  501,180      
   —        
  501,180      
  112,500      
  (125,295 )   
  488,385      
  169,710      
  (146,475 )   
   (58,000 )   
  453,620      

$ 

Weighted  
Average Grant 
Date Fair Value   
1.92    
$ 
—      
1.92    
5.14    
1.92    
2.66    
22.33    
2.37    
8.04    
9.42    

$ 

$ 

The intrinsic value of RSUs vested in fiscal 2012 and 2011 was $3.5 million and $640,000, respectively. No RSUs vested during fiscal 2010. 
The total intrinsic value of all outstanding restricted stock units was $6.5 million as of June 30, 2012.  

As of June 30, 2012, there was unrecognized compensation costs related to RSUs of $3.7 million which the Company expects to recognize over 
a weighted average period of 3.7 years.  

94  

   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

NOTE 12—INCOME TAXES  

The components of income before provision for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):  

Domestic  
Foreign  

The components of the Company’s provision for income taxes consisted of the following:  

Current  
Foreign  
Federal  
State  

Current tax expense  

Deferred  
Foreign  
Federal  
State  

Deferred tax expense  
Provision for income taxes  

2012 
$  41,490       
   82,533       
$ 124,023       

Years Ended June 30, 
2011 
$ 24,484       
  37,675       
$ 62,159       

2010 
$ (14,731 ) 
   19,994    
$  5,263    

2012 

Years Ended June 30, 
2011 

2010 

$  2,040      
  17,437      
   2,854      
  22,331      

   —        
(217 )   
(680 )   
(897 )   
$ 21,434      

$  978      
  11,005      
   1,612      
  13,595      

   —        
(912 )   
(251 )   
   (1,163 )   
$ 12,432      

$  716    
   9,530    
   2,263    
  12,509    

   —      
   (1,392 )  
(398 )  
   (1,790 )  
$ 10,719    

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:  

Deferred tax assets  
Deferred revenue  
Allowance for doubtful accounts  
Stock-based compensation  
Warranty  
Accrued expenses  
Research and development credits  
Other  

Total deferred tax assets  

Deferred tax liabilities  
Cumulative change in accounting method  
Other  

Total deferred tax liabilities  
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)  

95  

June 30, 

2012 

2011 

$  —        
238      
   1,016      
   —        
256      
468      
186      
   2,164      

   —        
  (1,050 )   
  (1,050 )   
$ 1,114      

$  525    
253    
529    
89    
364    
   —      
25    
   1,785    

  (1,020 ) 
(548 ) 
  (1,568 ) 
$  217    

   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
     
     
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
     
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

The effective tax rate differs from the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate as follows:  

Statutory rate  
Stock-based compensation  
State tax expense  
Tax rate differential, foreign income  
Foreign credits  
Federal research and development credits  
Other permanent items  
Non-deductible penalties  
Effective tax rate  

2012    
  35.0 %   
   —        
   1.0      
  (23.0 )    
   —        
   —        
   4.3      
   —        
  17.3 %   

June 30, 
2011    
  35.0 %   
   —        
   1.0      
  (20.0 )    
   —        
   (1.0 )    
   5.0      
   —        
  20.0 %   

2010 
   35.0 % 
  233.0    
   23.0    
  (120.0 ) 
(8.0 ) 
(6.0 ) 
   35.7    
   11.0    
  203.7 % 

In fiscal 2010, stock-based compensation incurred from common stock repurchased in connection with the Summit transaction in March 2010 
was not tax deductible, resulting in a decrease in domestic income but no tax benefit. The Company had increased foreign operations in fiscal 
2012 as compared to fiscal 2011 and in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010 and in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009, generating more 
income on a comparative year over year basis in foreign jurisdictions that have lower tax rates than the U.S.  

The Company adopted FASB Accounting Standards Codification 740-10-25 on July 1, 2008. As a result of the implementation, the Company 
did not recognize any adjustments to the liability for uncertain tax position and therefore did not record any adjustment to the beginning balance 
of retained earnings on the balance sheet. As of the date of the adoption, the Company had no accrued interest and/or penalties. The Company 
does not anticipate a significant change to its unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months. The unrecognized tax benefits may change 
during the next year for items that arise in the ordinary course of business.  

U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes associated with the repatriation of earnings of foreign subsidiaries have not been provided on $138.0 
million of undistributed earnings for certain foreign subsidiaries. The Company intends to reinvest these earnings indefinitely outside of the 
United States. If these earnings were distributed to the U.S. in the form of dividends or otherwise, or if the shares of the relevant foreign 
subsidiaries were sold or otherwise transferred, the Company may be subject to additional U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes. 
Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability related to these earnings is not practicable.  

The Company has California research and development tax credit carryovers of approximately $468,000, which do not expire.  

Tax years 2009 through 2012 are subject to examination by the federal tax authorities. There are no income tax examinations currently in 
process.  

Tax years 2008 through 2012 are subject to examination by the state tax authorities. There are no income tax examinations currently in process.  

Uncertain Tax Positions  

Effective July 1, 2008, the Company adopted a new accounting standard that provides guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. 
The adoption had no effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

96  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the unrecognized tax benefits during the years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 
consist of the following:  

Unrecognized benefit—beginning of period  
Gross increases—current year tax positions  
Gross increases—prior year tax positions  
Unrecognized benefit—end of period  

Years Ended June 30, 

2012 

$ 2,020       
  4,697       
  1,108       
$ 7,825       

2011 
(In thousands) 
$  762       
  1,258       
   —         
$ 2,020       

2010   

$ 264    
  498    
  —      
$ 762    

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized is $7.1 million.  

Accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are classified as income tax expense and were immaterial. The Company files 
income tax returns in the United States, various states and certain foreign jurisdictions.  

NOTE 13— SEGMENT INFORMATION, REVENUES BY GEOGRAPHY AND SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS  

Revenues by product type were as follows (in thousands, except percentages):  

airMAX  
New platforms  
Other systems  
Systems  

Embedded radio  
Antennas/other  

Total revenues  

2012 
    $ 223,743       
   29,465       
   52,086       
  305,294       
   10,056       
   38,167       
    $ 353,517       

Years Ended June 30, 
2011 
   63 %     $ 113,001       
2,513       
   8 %    
   44,884       
   15 %    
  160,398       
   86 %    
   14,762       
   3 %    
   11 %    
   22,714       
  100 %     $ 197,874       

2010 
   57 %     $  37,525       
   —         
   1 %    
   75,368       
   23 %    
  112,893       
   81 %    
   14,047       
   7 %    
   12 %    
   10,012       
  100 %     $ 136,952       

   27 %  
  —   % 
   55 %  
   82 %  
   10 %  
   8 %  
  100 %  

The Company generally forwards products directly from its manufacturers to its distributors in Hong Kong, who in turn ship to other locations 
throughout the world. The Company has determined the geographical distribution of product revenues based upon the ship-to destinations.  

Revenues by geography were as follows (in thousands, except percentages):  

North America 
(1) 
South America  
Europe, the Middle East and Africa  
Asia Pacific  

Total revenues  

2012 
    $  88,309       
   88,325       
  130,494       
   46,389       
    $ 353,517       

Years Ended June 30, 
2011 
   25 %     $  61,920       
   50,824       
   25 %    
   68,297       
   37 %    
   13 %    
   16,833       
  100 %     $ 197,874       

2010 
   31 %     $  56,995       
   13,520       
   26 %    
   55,089       
   35 %    
   8 %    
   11,348       
  100 %     $ 136,952       

   42 %  
   10 %  
   40 %  
   8 %  
  100 %  

(1) 

   Revenue for the United States was $84.3 million, $60.0 million and $56.2 million for fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

97  

   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
      
      
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
Table of Contents  

Customers with an accounts receivable balance of 10% or greater of total accounts receivable and customers with net revenues of 10% or greater 
of total revenues are presented below for the periods indicated:  

Flytec Computers Inc.  
Streakwave Wireless Inc.  
Discomp  

*  denotes less than 10% 

NOTE 14—401(k) BENEFIT PLAN  

Percentage of Revenues 
Years Ended June 30, 
2011   
  20 %   
  15 %   
   *       

2012   
  16 %    
  10 %    
   *    

2010   
  17 %   
  13 %   
   *       

Percentage of Accounts Receivable 
June 30, 

2012 

2011 

19 % 
11 % 
12 % 

21 % 
25 % 
*    

The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution plan. It matches 1% of the first 4% of an employee’s compensation contributed to the plan. 
The Company’s contributions to the plan were $47,000, $28,000 and $20,000 for fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

NOTE 15—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS  

Loan and Security Agreement  

On August 7, 2012, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with U.S. Bank, as syndication agent, 
and East West Bank, as administrative agent. The Loan Agreement replaces the EWB Loan Agreement as discussed in Note 8. The Loan 
Agreement provides for (i) a $50.0 million revolving credit facility, with a $5.0 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit and a $5.0 
million sublimit for the making of swingline loan advances (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), and (ii) a $50.0 million term loan facility (the 
“Term Loan Facility”). The Company may request borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility until August 7, 2015. On August 7, 2012, the 
Company borrowed an additional $20.8 million of term loans under the Term Loan Facility.  

The loans bear interest, at the Company’s option, at the base rate plus a spread of 1.25% to 1.75% or an adjusted LIBOR rate (based, at the 
Company’s election, on a period of 30, 60, or 90 days) plus a spread of 2.25% to 2.75%, in each case with such spread being determined based 
on the debt service coverage ratio for the last fiscal quarter. The base rate means the highest of East West Bank’s prime rate, the federal funds 
rate plus a margin equal to 0.50%, or the adjusted LIBOR rate for a period of 30, 60, or 90 days plus a margin equal to 1.00%. The Company is 
also obligated to pay other customary closing fees, arrangement fees, administration fees, commitment fees and letter of credit fees for a credit 
facility of this size and type.  

Interest is due and payable in arrears monthly in the case of loans bearing interest at the base rate and at the end of an interest period (or 
quarterly in the case of loans with interest periods greater than three months) in the case of loans bearing interest at the adjusted LIBOR rate. 
Principal payments under the Term Loan Facility will be made in quarterly installments, each such quarterly installment shall be equal to $1.25 
million until August 7, 2014, then equal to $1.875 million until August 7, 2015, and then equal to $2.5 million until August 7, 2017, subject to 
adjustment as a result of any prepayments, with the remaining outstanding principal balance and all accrued and unpaid interest due on August 7, 
2017. All outstanding loans under the Revolving Credit Facility, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, are due on August 7, 2015.  

The Company may prepay the loans, in whole or in part, at any time without premium or penalty, subject to certain conditions including 
minimum amounts and reimbursement of certain costs in the case of prepayments of LIBOR loans. In addition, the Company is required to 
prepay the loan under the Term Loan Facility with the proceeds from certain financing transactions or asset sales (subject, in the case of asset 
sales, to reinvestment rights) and with 25.0% of the Company’s excess cash flow, as determined after each fiscal year and in accordance with the 
Loan Agreement, provided that the Company shall not be required to prepay the loan out of its excess cash flow if its leverage ratio is greater 
than 1.50:1.00 on the last day of such fiscal year.  

98  

   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

All of the obligations under the Loan Agreement are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets, including all of the capital stock of the 
Company’s future domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of the Company’s existing and future foreign subsidiaries, but excluding 
the Company’s intellectual property. All of the Company’s future domestic subsidiaries are required to guaranty the obligations under the Loan 
Agreement. Such guarantees by future subsidiaries will be secured by substantially all of the property of such subsidiaries, excluding intellectual 
property.  

The Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that limit or restrict the Company and its 
subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness, grant liens, merge or consolidate, dispose of assets, pay dividends or make 
distributions, make investments, make acquisitions, prepay certain indebtedness, change the nature of its business, enter into certain transactions 
with affiliates, enter into restrictive agreements, and make capital expenditures, in each case subject to customary exceptions for a credit facility 
of this size and type. The Company is also required to maintain compliance with a debt service coverage ratio, a leverage ratio, and a minimum 
level of liquidity.  

The Loan Agreement includes customary events of default that, include among other things, non-payment defaults, defaults due to the 
inaccuracy of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross default to material indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults, 
material judgment defaults, defaults due to the unenforceability of a guaranty, and defaults due to circumstances that have or could have a 
material adverse effect. The occurrence of an event of default could result in the acceleration of the obligations under the Loan Agreement. 
During the existence of an event of default, interest on the obligations under the Loan Agreement could be increased by 2.00% above the 
otherwise applicable interest rate.  

Common Stock Repurchase  

On August 9, 2012, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $100 million of its common 
stock. The share repurchase program commenced Monday, August 13, 2012. The share repurchase program will be funded from existing cash on 
hand and from the proceeds from the Loan Agreement as discussed above. Through September 21, 2012, the Company had repurchased 
3,101,214 shares of its outstanding common stock at an average price of $9.79 per share for a total cost of $30.4 million.  

Shareholder Class Action Lawsuits  

Beginning on September 7, 2012, two purported shareholder class action complaints were filed against the Company, certain of its officers and 
directors and the underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering in the United States District Court for the Northern District of 
California. The complaints purport to bring claims under the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and SEC Rule 10b-5 
on behalf a class of purchasers of the Company’s common stock from October 14, 2011 through August 9, 2012 and/or who acquired the 
Company’s stock pursuant to or traceable to the registration statement for the IPO. The complaints seek, among other things, compensatory 
damages, rescission, and attorneys’ fees and costs.  

The Company believes that the allegations in the complaints are without merit and intend to vigorously contest the litigation. However, there can 
be no assurance that the Company will be successful in its defense and the Company cannot currently estimate a range of possible losses it may 
experience in connection with this litigation.  

99  

   
Table of Contents  

NOTE 16—SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (UNAUDITED)  

The following table presents the Company’s unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for each of the eight quarters during fiscal 
2012 and 2011. In management’s opinion, this information has been presented on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements 
included in a separate section of this report, and all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, have been included 
in the amounts below to state fairly the unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements 
and related notes. The operating results for any quarter should not be relied upon as necessarily indicative of results for any future period.  

Net revenue  
Gross profit  
Income from operations  
Net income  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—basic  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—diluted  
Net income (loss) per share of common stock:  

Basic  
Diluted  

Net revenue  
Gross profit  
Income from operations  
Net income  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—basic  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—diluted  
Net income (loss) per share of common stock:  

Basic  
Diluted  

100  

Fiscal 2012 

First  

Quarter       
$ 79,167      
   33,013      
   27,500      
   21,493      
  (81,234 )    
  (81,234 )    

Second  
Quarter        
$ 87,817       
  37,290       
  31,176       
  24,691       
  14,428       
  14,443       

Third  
Quarter        
$ 91,665       
  39,659       
  32,556       
  27,920       
  27,920       
  27,920       

Fourth  
Quarter    
$ 94,868    
  41,041    
  34,060    
  28,485    
  28,485    
  28,485    

$ 
$ 

(1.30 )    
(1.30 )    

$  0.16       
$  0.16       

$  0.30       
$  0.30       

$  0.31    
$  0.30    

Fiscal 2011 

First  

Quarter       
$ 34,082      
   13,629      
   9,468      
   7,581      
   3,722      
   3,793      

Second  
Quarter        
$ 45,087       
  18,042       
  13,680       
  10,978       
   4,037       
   4,122       

Third  
Quarter        
$ 51,151       
  21,104       
  16,282       
  13,033       
   3,097       
   3,168       

Fourth  
Quarter    
$ 67,554    
  28,037    
  22,650    
  18,135    
   (9,383 )  
   (9,383 )  

$ 
$ 

0.06      
0.06      

$  0.06       
$  0.06       

$  0.05       
$  0.05       

$  (0.15 )  
$  (0.15 )  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Exhibit Index  

The following exhibits are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission. Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. (the “Registrant”) shall furnish copies of exhibits for a reasonable fee (covering the expense of furnishing 
copies) upon request.  

Exhibit  
Number    

  3.1 

  3.2 

  4.1 

  4.2 

  4.3 

10.1 

10.2# 

10.3# 

10.4# 

10.5# 

10.6# 

10.7# 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12† 

10.13† 

10.14 

Incorporated 

Incorporated 

by Reference 

by Reference 

from Exhibit 

Description 

from Form     

Number 

Date Filed 

Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation 
of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.     

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. 

Registration Agreement, dated March 2, 2010, between Ubiquiti 
Networks, Inc. and certain holders of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.’s 
capital stock named therein. 

Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2010, between 
Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and certain holders of Ubiquiti Networks, 
Inc.’s capital stock named therein. 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Ubiquiti Networks, 
Inc. and its directors and officers. 

Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of 
agreement thereunder. 

Amended and Restated 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of 
agreement thereunder. 

Offer Letter, dated as of May 19, 2011, between Ubiquiti Networks, 
Inc. and Steve Hanley. 

Employment Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2011, between 
Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Benjamin Moore. 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2010, between 
Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and John Ritchie. 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2010, between Ubiquiti 
Networks, Inc. and John Sanford. 

Employment Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2012, between 
Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Jessica Zhou. 

Non-Residential Property Lease Agreement, dated as of May 28, 
2009, between UAB “Devint” and Tomas Grébliúnas, Tomas 
Skučas, and Vygante Skučiené. 

Jinyong Ji Investment Taiwan Lease, dated as of March 16, 2010, 
between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Jinyong Ji Investment Co., 
Ltd. 

Lease, dated as of July 9, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. 
and The Welsh Office Center LLC. 

Amended Technology License Agreement, dated as of September 1, 
2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Atheros 
Communications, Inc. 

OEM Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2006, between Ubiquiti 
Networks, Inc. and Lite-On Technology Corp. 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2011, 
between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and East West Bank. 

101  

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

3.2 

3.4 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

June 17, 2011 

June 17, 2011 

October 3, 2011 

June 17, 2011 

June 17, 2011 

October 3, 2011 

June 17, 2011 

June 17, 2011 

June 17, 2011 

June 17, 2011 

June 17, 2011 

June 17, 2011 

S-1 

10.9 

June 17, 2011 

S-1 

10.10 

June 17, 2011 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

S-1 

10.11 

June 17, 2011 

10.12 

June 17, 2011 

10.13 

June 17, 2011 

10.14 

September 16, 2011 

   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Exhibit  
Number 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17# 

10.18 

21.1 

23.1 

24.1 

31.1 

31.2 

32.1~ 

Incorporated 

Incorporated 

by Reference 

by Reference 

from Exhibit 

Description 

from Form     

Number 

Date Filed 

10-Q 

10.15 

November 14, 2011 

10-Q/A 

10.16 

March 20, 2012 

10-Q 

10.17 

May 2, 2012 

8-K 

10.1 

August 13, 2012 

Taiwan Lease, dated as of July 20, 2011, between Jin Yeoung Ji 
Co., Ltd. and Ubiquiti Networks International Limited, Taiwan 
Branch. 

Office Lease, dated as of December 8, 2011 and executed on 
December 22, 2011, by and between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and 
Carr NP Properties, L.L.C. 

Separation and Release Agreement between Steve Hanley and 
Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012, by and 
among Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., the lenders from time to time 
party thereto, U.S. Bank, as Syndication Agent, and East West 
Bank, as Administrative Agent 

List of subsidiaries of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. 

Consent of independent registered public accounting firm 

Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this Form 
10-K) 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required Under 
Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended. 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required Under 
Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended. 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal 
Financial Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. §1350. 

101.INS(*)    

XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH(*)   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL(*)   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF(*)   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

101.LAB(*)   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE(*)   

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

#  Management contracts or compensation plans or arrangements in which directors or executive officers are eligible to participate. 
†  Portions of the exhibit have been omitted pursuant to an order granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission for confidential 

~ 

treatment. 
In accordance with Item 601(b)(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K and SEC Release No. 33-8238 and 34-47986, Final Rule: Management’s Reports 
on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Certification of Disclosure in Exchange Act Periodic Reports, the certifications furnished 
in Exhibit 32.1 hereto are deemed to accompany this Form 10-K and will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange 
Act. Such certifications will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, 
except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference. 

(*)  XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus 

for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not otherwise subject to liability under these Sections. 

102  

   
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Exhibit 10.8 

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC. /JESSICA ZHOU  
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  

This Executive Employment Agreement (“the Agreement”) is entered into between Jessica Zhou, an individual (“Executive”), and Ubiquiti 

Networks, Inc., (“the Company”), effective March 19, 2012 (the “Effective Date”).  

1.         Position .  

Executive will continue to be employed as the General Counsel and Vice President of Legal Affairs (the “Position”) of the Company, 
reporting to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Executive and the Company may mutually agree to change Executive’s positions or titles, 
and may from time to time alter the duties, responsibilities or functions initially associated with the positions.  

2.         Primary Duties .  

Executive will perform such duties and functions as are generally associated with the Position as well as such other specific duties and 

functions that are reasonably assigned to her from time to time by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors.  

3.         Base Salary .  

Beginning on the Effective Date, Executive will receive an annual base salary of $330,000 (the “Base Salary”) which will be paid in 

accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices, and which will be subject to withholding required by law. Thereafter, Executive’s 
annual base salary will be reviewed at least annually to determine whether, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of 
Directors of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”), Executive’s base salary should be changed.  

4.         Annual Bonus .  

Beginning in the fiscal year ending June 30, 2012, Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus with a target payout equal to 35% 

of the Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”), subject to achieving Company and individual performance goals established by the Compensation 
Committee in consultation with the Executive. The award and payment of the executive bonus will be governed by the terms of the Company’s 
management bonus plan as approved by the Compensation Committee, who shall have the sole discretion to determine whether Executive is 
entitled to any such bonus and to determine the amount of any such bonus. Such bonus will be pro-rated for partial year of service.  

5.         Equity .  

Executive shall be granted restricted stock (the “Restricted Stock Award”) covering 50,000 shares vesting as to 25% of the covered shares 

on each anniversary of the Effective Date, so as to be 100% vested on the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date, subject to Executive’s 
continuing as a  

Service Provider, as such term is defined in the Plan, through each vesting date, and further subject to accelerated vesting as set forth in 
Section 9 below. The Restricted Stock Award shall otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the standard form of 
restricted stock purchase agreement thereunder. Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s equity incentive plans as such plans 
are applicable to executive officers of the Company.  

6.         Executive Benefits .  

Executive will be eligible to participate in any employee benefit plans or programs, including but not limited to group medical benefits and 

401(k) plan maintained or established by the Company to the same extent as other employees at Executive’s level within the Company, subject 
to the generally applicable terms and conditions of the plan or program in question and the determination of any person or committee 
administering such plan or program. Executive will be entitled to four weeks of vacation per year.  

7.         Other Obligations .  

Executive will be subject to and agrees to materially adhere to all policies or procedures of the Company, as amended from time to time, 
applicable to Executive’s position or level within the Company. Executive’s employment agreement is conditioned upon Executive’s executing 
and faithful observance of the Company’s At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement 
(the “Confidential Information Agreement”).  

8.         At-Will Employment .  

Executive’s employment with the Company is for no specified duration and is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate 

Executive’s employment or the terms of her employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause and with or without notice. The 
at-will nature of Executive’s employment with the Company may be altered only in writing expressly so stating signed by the Company’s Chief 
Executive Officer. However, as described in Section 9 of this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending upon the 
circumstances of the termination of Executive’s employment.  

9.         Termination of Employment .  

(a)         Termination Not In Connection With Change of Control  

(i)        If before or more than twenty-four (24) months following a Change of Control (as defined in Section 9(g)), the 

Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause (as defined in Section 9(d)), or Executive terminates her employment for Good 
Reason (as defined in Section 9(f)), then, subject to Executive entering into and not revoking a Release of Claims in substantially the form 
attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release”), the Executive shall be entitled to the following: (A) continued payments for twelve (12) months of 
her then-existing Base Salary and Target Bonus, (B) Executive’s equity compensation awards shall immediately accelerate vesting as to an 
additional twelve (12) months, and (C) continued health and life insurance benefits (and if applicable, to Executive’s dependents who received 
benefits under her coverage prior to the termination) until the earlier of (i) the end of the 12-month period following termination or (ii) the  

date Executive becomes eligible for such benefits in connection with new employment. Any stock options or stock appreciation rights shall 
remain exercisable for the period prescribed in the Executive’s stock option or stock appreciation right agreements.  

(ii)        If Executive’s employment is terminated with Cause or if Executive initiates the termination of her employment other 

than for Good Reason, Executive shall not be entitled to the severance benefits set forth above, although the Company may pay severance in its 
sole discretion.  

(b)         Termination in Connection With Change of Control . If within the twenty-four (24) month period on or following a Change 

of Control (as defined in section 9(g)), Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company Without Cause or is 
voluntarily terminated by Executive for Good Reason, then, subject to Executive entering into and not revoking a Release, the Executive shall be 
entitled to the following: (A) a lump-sum cash payment equal to twelve (12) months of her then-existing Base Salary and Target Bonus, 
(B) Executive’s equity compensation awards shall immediately accelerate vesting one hundred percent (100%). And (C) continued health and 
life insurance benefits until the earlier of (i) the end of the 12-month period following termination (and if applicable, to Executive’s dependents 
who received benefits under her coverage prior to her termination) or (ii) the date Executive becomes eligible for such benefits in connection 
with new employment. Any stock options or stock appreciation rights shall remain exercisable for the period prescribed in the Executive’s stock 
option or stock appreciation right agreements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the termination occurs after the Company has entered into 
Change of Control discussion but before the actual consummation of the Change of Control transaction, then such termination shall be treated as 
a “Termination In Connection with Change of Control” within the meaning of this section.  

(c)         Voluntary Terminations . If executive voluntarily terminates her employment with the Company, other than a voluntary 

termination for Good Reason (as defined in section 9(f)) on or within twenty-four months following a Change of Control, then Executive will 
(i) receive her Base Salary through the date of termination of employment and other earned but unpaid compensation and benefits, and (ii) not be 
entitled to any other compensation or benefits (including, without limitation, accelerated vesting of stock options or other equity compensation 
awards) from the Company except as may be required by law (for example, “COBRA” coverage under Section 4980B of the Code). All 
payments and benefits will be subject to applicable withholding taxes.  

(d)         Cause . For all purposes under this Agreement, a termination for “Cause” shall mean that the Executive’s employment is 
terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) the Executive’s willful act of fraud, embezzlement, or dishonesty or other misconduct that has 
caused material harm to the Company; (ii) the Executive’s willful failure to perform her duties to the Company, failure to materially follow 
Company policy as set forth in writing from time to time, or failure to follow the legal directives of the Company (other than failure to meet 
performance goals, objectives or measures), that, with respect to curable failures only, is not corrected within thirty (30) days following written 
notice thereof to the Executive by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, such notice to state with specificity the nature of the failure; (iii) the 
Executive’s misappropriation of any material asset of the Company; (iv) the Executive conviction of, or a plea of “Guilty” or “No  

Contest” to a felony; (v) Executive’s use of alcohol or drugs so as to interfere with the performance of her duties; (vi) the Executive’s material 
breach of this Agreement or the Confidential Information Agreement that, with respect to curable failures only, is not corrected within thirty 
(30) days following written notice thereof to the Executive by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, such notice to state with specificity the 
nature of the material breach; (vii) conduct which is a material violation of Executive’s fiduciary obligations to the Company that is not 
corrected within (30) days following written notice thereof to Executive by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer; or (viii) intentional material 
damage to any property of the Company.  

(e)         Without Cause . For all purposes under this Agreement, a termination of the Employment by the Company “Without Cause” 

shall mean a termination by the Company in the absence of “Cause”, as defined above.  

(f)         Good Reason . For all purposes under this Agreement, “Good Reason” for the Executive’s resignation will exist if she 

resigned from her employment, unless otherwise agreed to in writing or by e-mail by the Executive, within 60 days after the occurrence of any of 
the following: (i) any reduction in her Base Salary or Target Bonus (other than temporary reductions applying and comparable to all senior 
executives of the Company); (ii) a change in her position or title with the Company or successor company that reduces her duties and 
responsibilities; (iv) office relocation of more 50 miles further from the Executive’s primary residence; or (v) any other material breach by the 
Company of its obligations to the Executive under this Agreement that, to the extent curable, is not corrected within thirty (30) days following 
written notice thereof to the Company by the Executive, such notice to state with specificity the nature of the material breach.  

(g)         Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following 

events:  

(i)        Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) 
that is not a stockholder of the Company as of the date hereof becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined under said Act), directly or indirectly, 
of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding 
voting securities; or  

(ii)        A change in the composition of the Board of Directors of the Company occurring within a two-year period, as a result 
of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” shall mean directors who either (a) are directors 
of the Company as of the date hereof, or (b) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board of Directors of the Company with the affirmative 
votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent directors at the time of such election or nomination (but shall not include an individual whose 
election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); or  

(iii)        A merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which 

would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining 
outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total  

voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or 
consolidation.  

(h)         Death or Disability . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s death or disability, Executive shall 

be entitled to (1) earned but unpaid base salary, target bonus and benefits through the date of termination, (2) pro-rated acceleration of 
Executive’s equity awards as if such awards had vested on a monthly basis through the date of termination, (3) any business expenses that are 
reimbursable pursuant to Company policy but have not been reimbursed by the Company through the date of termination, and (4) all other 
applicable benefits.  

10.         Non-Solicitation .  

During the Executive’s Employment Term, Executive, directly or indirectly, whether as an employee, owner, sole proprietor, partner, 
director, member, consultant, agent, founder, co-venture or otherwise, will not engage, participate or invest in any business activity anywhere in 
the world which develops, manufactures or markets products or performs services which are competitive with the products or services of the 
Company or products or services which the Company has under development or which are the subject of active planning. Executive is not 
prohibited from purchasing equities or derivatives in any publicly traded any company.  

For a period of twelve (12) months following the date Executive ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason, Executive, 
directly or indirectly, will not: (i) solicit, induce, influence or encourage any person to leave employment with the Company or its resellers or 
distributors or (ii) solicit any of the Company’s customers or users who were customers or users at any time during Executive’s employment 
with Company or (iii) harass or disparage the Company or its employees, clients, directors or agents.  

11.         Section 409A .  

(a)        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits payable under 

this Agreement will be considered due or payable until and unless Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of 
Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated 
under Section 409A, as each may be amended from time to time (together, “Section 409A”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this 
Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s “separation from service” 
other than due to Executive’s death, then any severance benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and any other severance payments or 
separation benefits, that in each case when considered together may be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the 
“Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) and are otherwise due to Executive on or within the six (6) month period following Executive’s 
“separation from service” will accrue during such six (6) month period and will instead become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six 
(6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s “separation from service.” All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation 
Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit 
payable under this  

Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.  

(b)        Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following her “separation from service” but prior to the six 

(6) month anniversary of the date of her “separation from service,” then any Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits delayed in accordance 
with this Section will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death, but not later than 
ninety (90) days after the date of Executive’s death, and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with 
the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.  

(c)        It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments 

and benefits to be provided under this Agreement will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities in this 
Agreement will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this 
Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income 
recognition under Section 409A prior to actual payment to Executive.  

(d)        Receipt of the severance payments and benefits specified in section 8 shall be contingent on Executive’s execution of the 
Release, the lapse of any statutory period for revocation, and such Release becoming effective in accordance with its terms within fifty-two 
(52) days following the termination date. Any severance payment to which Executive otherwise would have been entitled during such fifty-two 
(52) day period shall be paid by the Company in cash and in full arrears on the fifty-third (53  ) day following Executive’s employment 
termination date or such later date as is required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A.  

d 

12.         Code Section 280G Shareholder Approval or Best Results. To the extent that any of the payments and benefits provided for in 
this Agreement or otherwise payable to the Executive, including accelerated vesting of any equity compensation (collectively, the “Payments”) 
would (but for shareholder approval within the meaning of Code Section 280G(b)(5)(B)) result in a “parachute payment” within the meaning of 
Code Section 280G (a “Parachute Payment”), the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to solicit shareholder approval (within the 
meaning of Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code) of such Payments, provided ; however, that if such shareholder approval is not obtained or if any 
stock of the Company (as determined under Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder) has become “readily tradeable on an 
established securities market or otherwise” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(5)(A) of the Code, then if any Payment would (i) constitute a 
Parachute Payment and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such 
Payment shall be reduced to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would 
result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, 
whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all 
computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment 
notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting 
“parachute payments” is  

necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order: (A) cash payments shall be reduced first 
and in reverse chronological order such that the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such 
excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced; (B) accelerated vesting of stock awards shall be cancelled/reduced next and in the reverse 
order of the date of grant for such stock awards (i.e., the vesting of the most recently granted stock awards will be reduced first), with full-value 
awards reversed before any stock option or stock appreciation rights are reduced; and (C) employee benefits shall be reduced last and in reverse 
chronological order such that the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first 
benefit to be reduced.  

The Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder and perform the 

foregoing calculations. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made 
hereunder.  

The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting 
documentation, to the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which right to a Payment is triggered (if 
requested at that time by the Company or Executive) or such other time as requested by the Company or Executive. Any good faith 
determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.  

13.         Written Amendment or Modification; Waiver .  

Except as provided in this paragraph, this Agreement may be altered, modified, or amended only by a writing signed by Executive and the 
Company’s Chief Executive Officer expressly acknowledging that it is altering, modifying or amending the Agreement. No modification, waiver 
or discharge of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing signed by the Executive and by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or the 
Chairman of the Compensation Committee. No waiver by either party of any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be considered a 
waiver of any other condition or provision or a waiver of the same condition or provision at another time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 
Compensation Committee may modify this Agreement unilaterally without the Executive’s written consent in the event that, in the 
Compensation Committee’s sole discretion, a change in applicable laws, rules or regulations necessitate (including Code Section 409A) such 
modifications; however, no such modification may adversely affect any payment or benefit to the Executive under this Agreement unless the 
Company provides the Executive with a substitute payment or benefit that complies with the change in legal requirements and is the economic 
equivalent of the adversely affected payment or benefit.  

14.         Successors and Assigns .  

This Agreement shall be binding upon Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the 
benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns. This Agreement is specific to Executive and may not be assigned or substituted for without 
the express  

written consent of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee.  

15.         Term .  

The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and shall have a term of three (3) years and will automatically be renewed for 

one (1) year periods unless terminated by either party upon sixty (60) days written notice prior to the expiration of the Agreement and unless 
otherwise terminated in accordance with the terms thereof.  

16.         Entire Agreement .  

This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Executive relating to its subject matter, is 
fully integrated and supersedes all prior of contemporaneous discussions, representations, and agreements, whether oral or in writing, between 
the parties on that subject matter.  

17.         Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction .  

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof. Executive 
hereby expressly consents to personal jurisdiction in the State and federal courts located in California for any lawsuit arising from or relating to 
this Agreement, without regard to her then-current residence or domicile.  

18.         Severability .  

The invalidity or unenforceability of one or more provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other 

provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect to the maximum extent of the law.  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the 
day and year first above written.  

EXECUTIVE 

/s/ Jessica Zhou 
Jessica Zhou 

   UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC. 

   By    /s/ Robert J. Pera 

Dated: March 19, 2012 

   Dated: March 19, 2012 

   
  
  
EXHIBIT A  

UBIQUTI NETWORKS, INC./JESSICA ZHOU  

RELEASE OF CLAIMS  

This Release of Claims (“Agreement”) is made by and between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., and Jessica Zhou (“Employee”).  

WHEREAS, Employee has agreed to enter into a release of claims in favor of the Company upon certain events specified in the offer letter 

agreement by and between Company and Employee (the “Employment Agreement”).  

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Parties hereby agree as follows:  

1.         Termination . Employee’s employment from the Company terminated on ________________ (the “Termination Date”).  

2.         Confidential Information . Employee shall continue to maintain the confidentiality of all confidential and proprietary information of 

the Company and shall continue to comply with the terms and conditions of the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention 
Assignment and Arbitration Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”). Employee shall return all the Company property and 
confidential and proprietary information in his possession to the Company on the Effective Date of this Agreement.  

3.         Payment of Salary . Employee acknowledges and represents that the Company has paid all salary, wages, bonuses, accrued 

vacation, commissions and any and all other benefits due to Employee.  

4.         Release of Claims . Employee agrees that the foregoing consideration represents settlement in full of all outstanding obligations 
owed to Employee by the Company. Employee, on behalf of himself, and his respective heirs, family members, executors and assigns, hereby 
fully and forever releases the Company and its past, present and future officers, agents, directors, employees, investors, shareholders, 
administrators, affiliates, divisions, subsidiaries, parents, predecessor and successor corporations, and assigns, from, and agrees not to sue or 
otherwise institute or cause to be instituted any legal or administrative proceedings concerning any claim, duty, obligation or cause of action 
relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that he may possess arising from any 
omissions, acts or facts that have occurred up until and including the Effective Date of this Agreement including, without limitation,  

(a)        any and all claims relating to or arising from Employee’s employment relationship with the Company and the termination of 

that relationship;  

(b)        any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Employee’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of shares of stock of the 

Company, including, without limitation, any claims for  

fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or 
federal law;  

(c)        any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; breach of 
contract, both express and implied; breach of a covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent 
or intentional infliction of emotional distress; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or 
prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of 
privacy; false imprisonment; and conversion;  

(d)        any and all claims for violation of any federal, state or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil 
Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 
1990, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, The Worker Adjustment and Retraining 
Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, and Labor Code section 201, et seq . and section 870, et seq . and all 
amendments to each such Act as well as the regulations issued thereunder;  

(e)        any and all claims for violation of the federal, or any state, constitution;  

(f)        any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination; and  

(g)        any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.  

Employee agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the 
matters released. This release does not extend to any severance obligations due or any other obligations owing to Employee under the 
Employment Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement waives Employee’s rights to indemnification or any payments under any fiduciary 
insurance policy, if any, provided by any act or agreement of the Company, state or federal law or policy of insurance.  

5.         Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA . Employee acknowledges that he is waiving and releasing any rights he may 

have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”) and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Employee 
and the Company agree that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective 
Date of this Agreement. Employee acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release Agreement is in addition to anything of 
value to which Employee was already entitled. Employee further acknowledges that he has been advised by this writing that (a) he should 
consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) he has at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement; 
(c) he has seven (7) days following the execution of this Agreement by the parties to revoke the Agreement; (d) this Agreement shall not be 
effective until the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Employee from challenging or seeking 
a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent,  

penalties or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. Any revocation should be in writing and delivered to the Vice-
President of Human Resources at the Company by close of business on the seventh day from the date that Employee signs this Agreement.  

6.         Civil Code Section 1542 . Employee represents that he is not aware of any claims against the Company other than the claims that 

are released by this Agreement. Employee acknowledges that he has been advised by legal counsel and is familiar with the provisions of 
California Civil Code 1542, below, which provides as follows:  

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES 
NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE 
RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS 
SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.  

any statute or common law principles of similar effect.  

Employee, being aware of said code section, agrees to expressly waive any rights he may have thereunder, as well as under 

7.         No Pending or Future Lawsuits . Employee represents that he has no lawsuits, claims, or actions pending in his name, or on behalf 

of any other person or entity, against the Company or any other person or entity referred to herein. Employee also represents that he does not 
intend to bring any claims on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity against the Company or any other person or entity 
referred to herein.  

8.         Application for Employment . Employee understands and agrees that, as a condition of this Agreement, he shall not be entitled to 

any employment with the Company, its subsidiaries, or any successor, and he hereby waives any right, or alleged right, of employment or re-
employment with the Company.  

9.         No Cooperation . Employee agrees that he will not counsel or assist any attorneys or their clients in the presentation or prosecution 

of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims, charges, or complaints by any third party against the Company and/or any officer, director, 
employee, agent, representative, shareholder or attorney of the Company, unless under a subpoena or other court order to do so.  

10.         No Admission of Liability . Employee understands and acknowledges that this Agreement constitutes a compromise and 
settlement of disputed claims. No action taken by the Company, either previously or in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed or 
construed to be (a) an admission of the truth or falsity of any claims heretofore made or (b) an acknowledgment or admission by the Company of 
any fault or liability whatsoever to the Employee or to any third party.  

11.         Costs . The Parties shall each bear their own costs, expert fees, attorneys’ fees and other fees incurred in connection with this 

Agreement.  

12.         Arbitration . The Parties agree that any and all disputes arising out of the terms of this Agreement, their interpretation, and any of 

the matters herein released, including any potential claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination shall be subject to binding 
arbitration, to the extent permitted by law, as specified in the Confidential Information Agreement.  

13.         Authority . Employee represents and warrants that he has the capacity to act on his own behalf and on behalf of all who might 

claim through him to bind them to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  

14.         No Representations . Employee represents that he has had the opportunity to consult with an attorney, and has carefully read and 
understands the scope and effect of the provisions of this Agreement. Neither party has relied upon any representations or statements made by 
the other party hereto which are not specifically set forth in this Agreement.  

15.         Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, 

unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision.  

16.         Entire Agreement . This Agreement, along with the Confidential Information Agreement and Employee’s written equity 
compensation agreements with the Company, represents the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Employee 
concerning Employee’s separation from the Company.  

17.         No Oral Modification . This Agreement may only be amended in writing signed by Employee and the CEO of the Company or the 

Chair of the Board’s Compensation Committee.  

18.         Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State 

of California.  

19.         Effective Date . This Agreement is effective eight (8) days after it has been signed by both Parties.  

20.         Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart shall have the same force and effect as an 

original and shall constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.  

21.         Voluntary Execution of Agreement . This Agreement is executed voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence on the 

part or behalf of the Parties hereto, with the full intent of releasing all claims. The Parties acknowledge that:  

(a)        They have read this Agreement;  

(b)        They have been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of their own 

choice or that they have voluntarily declined to seek such counsel;  

(c)        They understand the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains;  

(d)         They are fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.  

IN WITNESS THEREOF, parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the dates set forth below.  

EMPLOYEE 

By: 

Date:       

   UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC. 

   By: 

   Name:       

   Title: 

   Date: 

   
     
     
   
     
   
     
Subsidiaries of the Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.  

Exhibit 21.1 

Ubiquiti Networks International Limited  

Hong Kong  

UAB “Devint”  

Republic of Lithuania  

Ubiquiti Networks (India) Private Limited  

Republic of India  

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-177310) of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. of 
our report dated September 28, 2012 relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule, which appears in this 
Form 10-K.  

Exhibit 23.1 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  
San Jose, California  
September 28, 2012  

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER  
PURSUANT TO  
RULE 13A-14(A) AND 15D-14(A) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

Exhibit 31.1 

I, Robert J. Pera, certify that:  

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.;  

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make 
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by 
this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects 
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(e) and 15d–15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(f) and 
15d–15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to 
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

(b) [Paragraph omitted in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)];  

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the 
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most 
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to 
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, 
to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):  

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal 
control over financial reporting.  

Date: September 28, 2012 

/s/ Robert J. Pera  
Robert J. Pera  
Chief Executive Officer and Director  
(Principal Executive Officer)  

   
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER  
PURSUANT TO  
RULE 13A-14(A) AND 15D-14(A) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

Exhibit 31.2 

I, John Ritchie, certify that:  

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.;  

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make 
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by 
this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects 
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(e) and 15d–15(e)) over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(f) and 15d–15(f)) for the 
registrant and have:  

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to 
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

(b) [Paragraph omitted in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)];  

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the 
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and  

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most 
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to 
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, 
to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):  

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal 
control over financial reporting.  

Date: September 28, 2012 

/s/ John Ritchie  
John Ritchie  
Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial Officer)  

   
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER  
PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

I, Robert J. Pera, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the 
Annual Report of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 fully complies with the requirements of 
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K 
fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.  

Date: September 28, 2012  

Exhibit 32.1 

  /s/ Robert J. Pera  

By: 
Name:   Robert J. Pera 
Title: 

Chief Executive Officer and Director  
(Principal Executive Officer)  

I, John Ritchie, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the 
Annual Report of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 fully complies with the requirements of 
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K 
fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.  

Date: September 28, 2012  

  /s/ John Ritchie  

By: 
Name:   John Ritchie 
Title: 

Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial Officer)